summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/956-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:16:11 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:16:11 -0700
commit090145247bfe3a082928cb72a64cfdbf5e42129d (patch)
tree1edd2b42e11b55a35fb859e34d987c16a63f17a6 /956-h
initial commit of ebook 956HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '956-h')
-rw-r--r--956-h/956-h.htm9898
1 files changed, 9898 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/956-h/956-h.htm b/956-h/956-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a6e03e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/956-h/956-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,9898 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+
+<TITLE>
+The Project Gutenberg E-text of Tik-Tok of Oz, by L. Frank Baum
+</TITLE>
+
+<STYLE TYPE="text/css">
+BODY { color: Black;
+ background: White;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ font-family: "Times New Roman", serif;
+ text-align: justify }
+
+P {text-indent: 4% }
+
+P.noindent {text-indent: 0% }
+
+P.poem {text-indent: 0%;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ font-size: small }
+
+P.letter {font-size: small ;
+ margin-left: 10% ;
+ margin-right: 10% }
+
+P.finis { font-size: larger ;
+ text-align: center ;
+ text-indent: 0% ;
+ margin-left: 0% ;
+ margin-right: 0% }
+
+</STYLE>
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Tik-Tok of Oz, by L. Frank Baum
+
+<table summary="" style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto" cellpadding="4" border="3">
+<tr>
+<td>
+THIS EBOOK WAS ONE OF PROJECT GUTENBERG'S EARLY FILES, THERE IS
+AN IMPROVED ILLUSTRATED EDITION OF THIS TITLE WHICH MAY VIEWED AT EBOOK <big><b><a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/files/52176/52176-h/52176-h.htm">
+[ #52176 ]</a></b></big>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Tik-Tok of Oz
+
+Author: L. Frank Baum
+
+Release Date: June, 1997
+Posting Date: March 23, 2009 [EBook #956]
+Most recently updated: May 29, 2016
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIK-TOK OF OZ ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Anthony Matonac and Paul Selkirk.
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H1 ALIGN="center">
+TIK-TOK OF OZ
+</H1>
+
+<BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+by
+</H3>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+L. FRANK BAUM
+</H2>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+ To Louis F. Gottschalk,<BR>
+ whose sweet and dainty melodies<BR>
+ breathe the true spirit of fairyland,<BR>
+ this book is affectionately dedicated<BR>
+</H3>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+To My Readers
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The very marked success of my last year's fairy book, "The Patchwork
+Girl of Oz," convinces me that my readers like the Oz stories "best of
+all," as one little girl wrote me. So here, my dears, is a new Oz story
+in which is introduced Ann Soforth, the Queen of Oogaboo, whom Tik-Tok
+assisted in conquering our old acquaintance, the Nome King. It also
+tells of Betsy Bobbin and how, after many adventures, she finally
+reached the marvelous Land of Oz.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There is a play called "The Tik-Tok Man of Oz," but it is not like this
+story of "Tik-Tok of Oz," although some of the adventures recorded in
+this book, as well as those in several other Oz books, are included in
+the play. Those who have seen the play and those who have read the
+other Oz books will find in this story a lot of strange characters and
+adventures that they have never heard of before.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the letters I receive from children there has been an urgent appeal
+for me to write a story that will take Trot and Cap'n Bill to the Land
+of Oz, where they will meet Dorothy and Ozma. Also they think
+Button-Bright ought to get acquainted with Ojo the Lucky. As you know,
+I am obliged to talk these matters over with Dorothy by means of the
+"wireless," for that is the only way I can communicate with the Land of
+Oz. When I asked her about this idea, she replied: "Why, haven't you
+heard?" I said "No." "Well," came the message over the wireless, "I'll
+tell you all about it, by and by, and then you can make a book of that
+story for the children to read."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So, if Dorothy keeps her word and I am permitted to write another Oz
+book, you will probably discover how all these characters came together
+in the famous Emerald City. Meantime, I want to tell all my little
+friends&mdash;whose numbers are increasing by many thousands every
+year&mdash;that I am very grateful for the favor they have shown my books
+and for the delightful little letters I am constantly receiving. I am
+almost sure that I have as many friends among the children of America
+as any story writer alive; and this, of course, makes me very proud and
+happy.
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+L. Frank Baum.
+<BR><BR>
+"OZCOT"<BR>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; at HOLLYWOOD<BR>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in CALIFORNIA,<BR>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1914.<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H2 ALIGN="center">
+LIST OF CHAPTERS
+</H2>
+
+<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%">
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">1&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap01">Ann's Army</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">2&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap02">Out of Oogaboo</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">3&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap03">Magic Mystifies the Marchers</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">4&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap04">Betsy Braves the Bellows</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">5&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap05">The Roses Repulse the Refugees</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">6&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap06">Shaggy Seeks His Stray Brother</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">7&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap07">Polychrome's Pitiful Plight</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">8&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap08">Tik-Tok Tackles a Tough Task</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">9&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap09">Ruggedo's Rage is Rash and Reckless</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">10&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap10">A Terrible Tumble Through a Tube</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">11&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap11">The Famous Fellowship of Fairies</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">12&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap12">The Lovely Lady of Light</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">13&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap13">The Jinjin's Just Judgment</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">14&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap14">The Long-Eared Hearer Learns by Listening</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">15&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap15">The Dragon Defies Danger</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">16&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap16">The Naughty Nome</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">17&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap17">A Tragic Transformation</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">18&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap18">A Clever Conquest</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">19&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap19">King Kaliko</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">20&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap20">Quox Quietly Quits</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">21&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap21">A Bashful Brother</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">22&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap22">Kindly Kisses</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">23&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap23">Ruggedo Reforms</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">24&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap24">Dorothy is Delighted</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+<TR>
+<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">25&nbsp;-&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD>
+<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top">
+<A HREF="#chap25">The Land of Love</A></TD>
+</TR>
+
+</TABLE>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H1 ALIGN="center">
+TIK-TOK of OZ
+</H1>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap01"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter One
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Ann's Army
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+"I won't!" cried Ann; "I won't sweep the floor. It is beneath my
+dignity."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Some one must sweep it," replied Ann's younger sister, Salye; "else we
+shall soon be wading in dust. And you are the eldest, and the head of
+the family."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm Queen of Oogaboo," said Ann, proudly. "But," she added with a
+sigh, "my kingdom is the smallest and the poorest in all the Land of
+Oz."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This was quite true. Away up in the mountains, in a far corner of the
+beautiful fairyland of Oz, lies a small valley which is named Oogaboo,
+and in this valley lived a few people who were usually happy and
+contented and never cared to wander over the mountain pass into the
+more settled parts of the land. They knew that all of Oz, including
+their own territory, was ruled by a beautiful Princess named Ozma, who
+lived in the splendid Emerald City; yet the simple folk of Oogaboo
+never visited Ozma. They had a royal family of their own&mdash;not
+especially to rule over them, but just as a matter of pride. Ozma
+permitted the various parts of her country to have their Kings and
+Queens and Emperors and the like, but all were ruled over by the lovely
+girl Queen of the Emerald City.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The King of Oogaboo used to be a man named Jol Jemkiph Soforth, who for
+many years did all the drudgery of deciding disputes and telling his
+people when to plant cabbages and pickle onions. But the King's wife
+had a sharp tongue and small respect for the King, her husband;
+therefore one night King Jol crept over the pass into the Land of Oz
+and disappeared from Oogaboo for good and all. The Queen waited a few
+years for him to return and then started in search of him, leaving her
+eldest daughter, Ann Soforth, to act as Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now, Ann had not forgotten when her birthday came, for that meant a
+party and feasting and dancing, but she had quite forgotten how many
+years the birthdays marked. In a land where people live always, this is
+not considered a cause for regret, so we may justly say that Queen Ann
+of Oogaboo was old enough to make jelly&mdash;and let it go at that.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But she didn't make jelly, or do any more of the housework than she
+could help. She was an ambitious woman and constantly resented the fact
+that her kingdom was so tiny and her people so stupid and
+unenterprising. Often she wondered what had become of her father and
+mother, out beyond the pass, in the wonderful Land of Oz, and the fact
+that they did not return to Oogaboo led Ann to suspect that they had
+found a better place to live. So, when Salye refused to sweep the floor
+of the living room in the palace, and Ann would not sweep it, either,
+she said to her sister:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm going away. This absurd Kingdom of Oogaboo tires me."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Go, if you want to," answered Salye; "but you are very foolish to
+leave this place."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why?" asked Ann.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because in the Land of Oz, which is Ozma's country, you will be a
+nobody, while here you are a Queen."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, yes! Queen over eighteen men, twenty-seven women and forty-four
+children!" returned Ann bitterly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, there are certainly more people than that in the great Land of
+Oz," laughed Salye. "Why don't you raise an army and conquer them, and
+be Queen of all Oz?" she asked, trying to taunt Ann and so to anger
+her. Then she made a face at her sister and went into the back yard to
+swing in the hammock.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Her jeering words, however, had given Queen Ann an idea. She reflected
+that Oz was reported to be a peaceful country and Ozma a mere girl who
+ruled with gentleness to all and was obeyed because her people loved
+her. Even in Oogaboo the story was told that Ozma's sole army consisted
+of twenty-seven fine officers, who wore beautiful uniforms but carried
+no weapons, because there was no one to fight. Once there had been a
+private soldier, besides the officers, but Ozma had made him a
+Captain-General and taken away his gun for fear it might accidentally
+hurt some one.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The more Ann thought about the matter the more she was convinced it
+would be easy to conquer the Land of Oz and set herself up as Ruler in
+Ozma's place, if she but had an Army to do it with. Afterward she could
+go out into the world and conquer other lands, and then perhaps she
+could find a way to the moon, and conquer that. She had a warlike
+spirit that preferred trouble to idleness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It all depended on an Army, Ann decided. She carefully counted in her
+mind all the men of her kingdom. Yes; there were exactly eighteen of
+them, all told. That would not make a very big Army, but by surprising
+Ozma's unarmed officers her men might easily subdue them. "Gentle
+people are always afraid of those that bluster," Ann told herself. "I
+don't wish to shed any blood, for that would shock my nerves and I
+might faint; but if we threaten and flash our weapons I am sure the
+people of Oz will fall upon their knees before me and surrender."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This argument, which she repeated to herself more than once, finally
+determined the Queen of Oogaboo to undertake the audacious venture.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Whatever happens," she reflected, "can make me no more unhappy than my
+staying shut up in this miserable valley and sweeping floors and
+quarreling with Sister Salye; so I will venture all, and win what I
+may."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+That very day she started out to organize her Army.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The first man she came to was Jo Apple, so called because he had an
+apple orchard.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Jo," said Ann, "I am going to conquer the world, and I want you to
+join my Army."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't ask me to do such a fool thing, for I must politely refuse Your
+Majesty," said Jo Apple.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have no intention of asking you. I shall command you, as Queen of
+Oogaboo, to join," said Ann.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In that case, I suppose I must obey," the man remarked, in a sad
+voice. "But I pray you to consider that I am a very important citizen,
+and for that reason am entitled to an office of high rank."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You shall be a General," promised Ann.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"With gold epaulets and a sword?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," said the Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then she went to the next man, whose name was Jo Bunn, as he owned an
+orchard where graham-buns and wheat-buns, in great variety, both hot
+and cold, grew on the trees.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Jo," said Ann, "I am going to conquer the world, and I command you to
+join my Army."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Impossible!" he exclaimed. "The bun crop has to be picked."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Let your wife and children do the picking," said Ann.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But I'm a man of great importance, Your Majesty," he protested.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For that reason you shall be one of my Generals, and wear a cocked hat
+with gold braid, and curl your mustaches and clank a long sword," she
+promised.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So he consented, although sorely against his will, and the Queen walked
+on to the next cottage. Here lived Jo Cone, so called because the trees
+in his orchard bore crops of excellent ice-cream cones.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Jo," said Ann, "I am going to conquer the world, and you must join my
+Army."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Excuse me, please," said Jo Cone. "I am a bad fighter. My good wife
+conquered me years ago, for she can fight better than I. Take her, Your
+Majesty, instead of me, and I'll bless you for the favor."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This must be an army of men&mdash;fierce, ferocious warriors," declared
+Ann, looking sternly upon the mild little man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And you will leave my wife here in Oogaboo?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; and make you a General."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll go," said Jo Cone, and Ann went on to the cottage of Jo Clock,
+who had an orchard of clock-trees. This man at first insisted that he
+would not join the army, but Queen Ann's promise to make him a General
+finally won his consent.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How many Generals are there in your army?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Four, so far," replied Ann.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And how big will the army be?" was his next question.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I intend to make every one of the eighteen men in Oogaboo join it,"
+she said.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then four Generals are enough," announced Jo Clock. "I advise you to
+make the rest of them Colonels."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann tried to follow his advice. The next four men she visited&mdash;who were
+Jo Plum, Jo Egg, Jo Banjo and Jo Cheese, named after the trees in their
+orchards&mdash;she made Colonels of her Army; but the fifth one, Jo Nails,
+said Colonels and Generals were getting to be altogether too common in
+the Army of Oogaboo and he preferred to be a Major. So Jo Nails, Jo
+Cake, Jo Ham and Jo Stockings were all four made Majors, while the next
+four&mdash;Jo Sandwich, Jo Padlocks, Jo Sundae and Jo Buttons&mdash;were
+appointed Captains of the Army.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But now Queen Ann was in a quandary. There remained but two other men
+in all Oogaboo, and if she made these two Lieutenants, while there were
+four Captains, four Majors, four Colonels and four Generals, there was
+likely to be jealousy in her army, and perhaps mutiny and desertions.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+One of these men, however, was Jo Candy, and he would not go at all. No
+promises could tempt him, nor could threats move him. He said he must
+remain at home to harvest his crop of jackson-balls, lemon-drops,
+bonbons and chocolate-creams. Also he had large fields of crackerjack
+and buttered pop corn to be mowed and threshed, and he was determined
+not to disappoint the children of Oogaboo by going away to conquer the
+world and so let the candy crop spoil.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Finding Jo Candy so obstinate, Queen Ann let him have his own way and
+continued her journey to the house of the eighteenth and last man in
+Oogaboo, who was a young fellow named Jo Files. This Files had twelve
+trees which bore steel files of various sorts; but also he had nine
+book-trees, on which grew a choice selection of story-books. In case
+you have never seen books growing upon trees, I will explain that those
+in Jo Files' orchard were enclosed in broad green husks which, when
+fully ripe, turned to a deep red color. Then the books were picked and
+husked and were ready to read. If they were picked too soon, the
+stories were found to be confused and uninteresting and the spelling
+bad. However, if allowed to ripen perfectly, the stories were fine
+reading and the spelling and grammar excellent.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files freely gave his books to all who wanted them, but the people of
+Oogaboo cared little for books and so he had to read most of them
+himself, before they spoiled. For, as you probably know, as soon as the
+books were read the words disappeared and the leaves withered and
+faded&mdash;which is the worst fault of all books which grow upon trees.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Queen Ann spoke to this young man Files, who was both intelligent
+and ambitious, he said he thought it would be great fun to conquer the
+world. But he called her attention to the fact that he was far superior
+to the other men of her army. Therefore, he would not be one of her
+Generals or Colonels or Majors or Captains, but claimed the honor of
+being sole Private.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann did not like this idea at all.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hate to have a Private Soldier in my army," she said; "they're so
+common. I am told that Princess Ozma once had a private soldier, but
+she made him her Captain-General, which is good evidence that the
+private was unnecessary."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ozma's army doesn't fight," returned Files; "but your army must fight
+like fury in order to conquer the world. I have read in my books that
+it is always the private soldiers who do the fighting, for no officer
+is ever brave enough to face the foe. Also, it stands to reason that
+your officers must have some one to command and to issue their orders
+to; therefore I'll be the one. I long to slash and slay the enemy and
+become a hero. Then, when we return to Oogaboo, I'll take all the
+marbles away from the children and melt them up and make a marble
+statue of myself for all to look upon and admire."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann was much pleased with Private Files. He seemed indeed to be such a
+warrior as she needed in her enterprise, and her hopes of success took
+a sudden bound when Files told her he knew where a gun-tree grew and
+would go there at once and pick the ripest and biggest musket the tree
+bore.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap02"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Two
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Out of Oogaboo
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Three days later the Grand Army of Oogaboo assembled in the square in
+front of the royal palace. The sixteen officers were attired in
+gorgeous uniforms and carried sharp, glittering swords. The Private had
+picked his gun and, although it was not a very big weapon, Files tried
+to look fierce and succeeded so well that all his commanding officers
+were secretly afraid of him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The women were there, protesting that Queen Ann Soforth had no right to
+take their husbands and fathers from them; but Ann commanded them to
+keep silent, and that was the hardest order to obey they had ever
+received.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Queen appeared before her Army dressed in an imposing uniform of
+green, covered with gold braid. She wore a green soldier-cap with a
+purple plume in it and looked so royal and dignified that everyone in
+Oogaboo except the Army was glad she was going. The Army was sorry she
+was not going alone.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Form ranks!" she cried in her shrill voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Salye leaned out of the palace window and laughed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I believe your Army can run better than it can fight," she observed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," replied General Bunn, proudly. "We're not looking for
+trouble, you know, but for plunder. The more plunder and the less
+fighting we get, the better we shall like our work."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For my part," said Files, "I prefer war and carnage to anything. The
+only way to become a hero is to conquer, and the story-books all say
+that the easiest way to conquer is to fight."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's the idea, my brave man!" agreed Ann. "To fight is to conquer
+and to conquer is to secure plunder and to secure plunder is to become
+a hero. With such noble determination to back me, the world is mine!
+Good-bye, Salye. When we return we shall be rich and famous. Come,
+Generals; let us march."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At this the Generals straightened up and threw out their chests. Then
+they swung their glittering swords in rapid circles and cried to the
+Colonels:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For-ward March!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then the Colonels shouted to the Majors: "For-ward March!" and the
+Majors yelled to the Captains: "For-ward March!" and the Captains
+screamed to the Private:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For-ward March!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Files shouldered his gun and began to march, and all the officers
+followed after him. Queen Ann came last of all, rejoicing in her noble
+army and wondering why she had not decided long ago to conquer the
+world.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In this order the procession marched out of Oogaboo and took the narrow
+mountain pass which led into the lovely Fairyland of Oz.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap03"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Three
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Magic Mystifies the Marchers
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Princess Ozma was all unaware that the Army of Oogaboo, led by their
+ambitious Queen, was determined to conquer her Kingdom. The beautiful
+girl Ruler of Oz was busy with the welfare of her subjects and had no
+time to think of Ann Soforth and her disloyal plans. But there was one
+who constantly guarded the peace and happiness of the Land of Oz and
+this was the Official Sorceress of the Kingdom, Glinda the Good.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In her magnificent castle, which stands far north of the Emerald City
+where Ozma holds her court, Glinda owns a wonderful magic Record Book,
+in which is printed every event that takes place anywhere, just as soon
+as it happens.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The smallest things and the biggest things are all recorded in this
+book. If a child stamps its foot in anger, Glinda reads about it; if a
+city burns down, Glinda finds the fact noted in her book.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Sorceress always reads her Record Book every day, and so it was she
+knew that Ann Soforth, Queen of Oogaboo, had foolishly assembled an
+army of sixteen officers and one private soldier, with which she
+intended to invade and conquer the Land of Oz.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was no danger but that Ozma, supported by the magic arts of
+Glinda the Good and the powerful Wizard of Oz&mdash;both her firm
+friends&mdash;could easily defeat a far more imposing army than Ann's; but
+it would be a shame to have the peace of Oz interrupted by any sort of
+quarreling or fighting. So Glinda did not even mention the matter to
+Ozma, or to anyone else. She merely went into a great chamber of her
+castle, known as the Magic Room, where she performed a magical ceremony
+which caused the mountain pass that led from Oogaboo to make several
+turns and twists. The result was that when Ann and her army came to the
+end of the pass they were not in the Land of Oz at all, but in an
+adjoining territory that was quite distinct from Ozma's domain and
+separated from Oz by an invisible barrier.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As the Oogaboo people emerged into this country, the pass they had
+traversed disappeared behind them and it was not likely they would ever
+find their way back into the valley of Oogaboo. They were greatly
+puzzled, indeed, by their surroundings and did not know which way to
+go. None of them had ever visited Oz, so it took them some time to
+discover they were not in Oz at all, but in an unknown country.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never mind," said Ann, trying to conceal her disappointment; "we have
+started out to conquer the world, and here is part of it. In time, as
+we pursue our victorious journey, we will doubtless come to Oz; but,
+until we get there, we may as well conquer whatever land we find
+ourselves in."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Have we conquered this place, Your Majesty?" anxiously inquired Major
+Cake.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Most certainly," said Ann. "We have met no people, as yet, but when we
+do, we will inform them that they are our slaves."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And afterward we will plunder them of all their possessions," added
+General Apple.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They may not possess anything," objected Private Files; "but I hope
+they will fight us, just the same. A peaceful conquest wouldn't be any
+fun at all."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't worry," said the Queen. "<i>We</i> can fight, whether our foes do or
+not; and perhaps we would find it more comfortable to have the enemy
+surrender promptly."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was a barren country and not very pleasant to travel in. Moreover,
+there was little for them to eat, and as the officers became hungry
+they became fretful. Many would have deserted had they been able to
+find their way home, but as the Oogaboo people were now hopelessly lost
+in a strange country they considered it more safe to keep together than
+to separate.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Queen Ann's temper, never very agreeable, became sharp and irritable as
+she and her army tramped over the rocky roads without encountering
+either people or plunder. She scolded her officers until they became
+surly, and a few of them were disloyal enough to ask her to hold her
+tongue. Others began to reproach her for leading them into difficulties
+and in the space of three unhappy days every man was mourning for his
+orchard in the pretty valley of Oogaboo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files, however, proved a different sort. The more difficulties he
+encountered the more cheerful he became, and the sighs of the officers
+were answered by the merry whistle of the Private. His pleasant
+disposition did much to encourage Queen Ann and before long she
+consulted the Private Soldier more often than she did his superiors.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was on the third day of their pilgrimage that they encountered their
+first adventure. Toward evening the sky was suddenly darkened and Major
+Nails exclaimed:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A fog is coming toward us."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I do not think it is a fog," replied Files, looking with interest at
+the approaching cloud. "It seems to me more like the breath of a Rak."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What is a Rak?" asked Ann, looking about fearfully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A terrible beast with a horrible appetite," answered the soldier,
+growing a little paler than usual. "I have never seen a Rak, to be
+sure, but I have read of them in the story-books that grew in my
+orchard, and if this is indeed one of those fearful monsters, we are
+not likely to conquer the world."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hearing this, the officers became quite worried and gathered closer
+about their soldier.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What is the thing like?" asked one.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The only picture of a Rak that I ever saw in a book was rather
+blurred," said Files, "because the book was not quite ripe when it was
+picked. But the creature can fly in the air and run like a deer and
+swim like a fish. Inside its body is a glowing furnace of fire, and the
+Rak breathes in air and breathes out smoke, which darkens the sky for
+miles around, wherever it goes. It is bigger than a hundred men and
+feeds on any living thing."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The officers now began to groan and to tremble, but Files tried to
+cheer them, saying:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It may not be a Rak, after all, that we see approaching us, and you
+must not forget that we people of Oogaboo, which is part of the
+fairyland of Oz, cannot be killed."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Nevertheless," said Captain Buttons, "if the Rak catches us, and chews
+us up into small pieces, and swallows us&mdash;what will happen then?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then each small piece will still be alive," declared Files.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I cannot see how that would help us," wailed Colonel Banjo. "A
+hamburger steak is a hamburger steak, whether it is alive or not!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I tell you, this may not be a Rak," persisted Files. "We will know,
+when the cloud gets nearer, whether it is the breath of a Rak or not.
+If it has no smell at all, it is probably a fog; but if it has an odor
+of salt and pepper, it is a Rak and we must prepare for a desperate
+fight."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They all eyed the dark cloud fearfully. Before long it reached the
+frightened group and began to envelop them. Every nose sniffed the
+cloud&mdash;and every one detected in it the odor of salt and pepper.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Rak!" shouted Private Files, and with a howl of despair the
+sixteen officers fell to the ground, writhing and moaning in anguish.
+Queen Ann sat down upon a rock and faced the cloud more bravely,
+although her heart was beating fast. As for Files, he calmly loaded his
+gun and stood ready to fight the foe, as a soldier should.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They were now in absolute darkness, for the cloud which covered the sky
+and the setting sun was black as ink. Then through the gloom appeared
+two round, glowing balls of red, and Files at once decided these must
+be the monster's eyes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He raised his gun, took aim and fired.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There were several bullets in the gun, all gathered from an excellent
+bullet-tree in Oogaboo, and they were big and hard. They flew toward
+the monster and struck it, and with a wild, weird cry the Rak came
+fluttering down and its huge body fell plump upon the forms of the
+sixteen officers, who thereupon screamed louder than before.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Badness me!" moaned the Rak. "See what you've done with that dangerous
+gun of yours!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I can't see," replied Files, "for the cloud formed by your breath
+darkens my sight!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't tell me it was an accident," continued the Rak, reproachfully,
+as it still flapped its wings in a helpless manner. "Don't claim you
+didn't know the gun was loaded, I beg of you!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't intend to," replied Files. "Did the bullets hurt you very
+badly?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"One has broken my jaw, so that I can't open my mouth. You will notice
+that my voice sounds rather harsh and husky, because I have to talk
+with my teeth set close together. Another bullet broke my left wing, so
+that I can't fly; and still another broke my right leg, so that I can't
+walk. It was the most careless shot I ever heard of!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Can't you manage to lift your body off from my commanding officers?"
+inquired Files. "From their cries I'm afraid your great weight is
+crushing them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hope it is," growled the Rak. "I want to crush them, if possible,
+for I have a bad disposition. If only I could open my mouth, I'd eat
+all of you, although my appetite is poorly this warm weather."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+With this the Rak began to roll its immense body sidewise, so as to
+crush the officers more easily; but in doing this it rolled completely
+off from them and the entire sixteen scrambled to their feet and made
+off as fast as they could run.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Private Files could not see them go but he knew from the sound of their
+voices that they had escaped, so he ceased to worry about them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pardon me if I now bid you good-bye," he said to the Rak. "The parting
+is caused by our desire to continue our journey. If you die, do not
+blame me, for I was obliged to shoot you as a matter of
+self-protection."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I shall not die," answered the monster, "for I bear a charmed life.
+But I beg you not to leave me!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why not?" asked Files.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because my broken jaw will heal in about an hour, and then I shall be
+able to eat you. My wing will heal in a day and my leg will heal in a
+week, when I shall be as well as ever. Having shot me, and so caused me
+all this annoyance, it is only fair and just that you remain here and
+allow me to eat you as soon as I can open my jaws."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I beg to differ with you," returned the soldier firmly. "I have made
+an engagement with Queen Ann of Oogaboo to help her conquer the world,
+and I cannot break my word for the sake of being eaten by a Rak."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh; that's different," said the monster. "If you've an engagement,
+don't let me detain you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Files felt around in the dark and grasped the hand of the trembling
+Queen, whom he led away from the flapping, sighing Rak. They stumbled
+over the stones for a way but presently began to see dimly the path
+ahead of them, as they got farther and farther away from the dreadful
+spot where the wounded monster lay. By and by they reached a little
+hill and could see the last rays of the sun flooding a pretty valley
+beyond, for now they had passed beyond the cloudy breath of the Rak.
+Here were huddled the sixteen officers, still frightened and panting
+from their run. They had halted only because it was impossible for them
+to run any farther.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Queen Ann gave them a severe scolding for their cowardice, at the same
+time praising Files for his courage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We are wiser than he, however," muttered General Clock, "for by
+running away we are now able to assist Your Majesty in conquering the
+world; whereas, had Files been eaten by the Rak, he would have deserted
+your Army."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+After a brief rest they descended into the valley, and as soon as they
+were out of sight of the Rak the spirits of the entire party rose
+quickly. Just at dusk they came to a brook, on the banks of which Queen
+Ann commanded them to make camp for the night.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Each officer carried in his pocket a tiny white tent. This, when placed
+upon the ground, quickly grew in size until it was large enough to
+permit the owner to enter it and sleep within its canvas walls. Files
+was obliged to carry a knapsack, in which was not only his own tent but
+an elaborate pavilion for Queen Ann, besides a bed and chair and a
+magic table. This table, when set upon the ground in Ann's pavilion,
+became of large size, and in a drawer of the table was contained the
+Queen's supply of extra clothing, her manicure and toilet articles and
+other necessary things. The royal bed was the only one in the camp, the
+officers and private sleeping in hammocks attached to their tent poles.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was also in the knapsack a flag bearing the royal emblem of
+Oogaboo, and this flag Files flew upon its staff every night, to show
+that the country they were in had been conquered by the Queen of
+Oogaboo. So far, no one but themselves had seen the flag, but Ann was
+pleased to see it flutter in the breeze and considered herself already
+a famous conqueror.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap04"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Four
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Betsy Braves the Billows
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The waves dashed and the lightning flashed and the thunder rolled and
+the ship struck a rock. Betsy Bobbin was running across the deck and
+the shock sent her flying through the air until she fell with a splash
+into the dark blue water. The same shock caught Hank, a thin little,
+sad-faced mule, and tumbled him also into the sea, far from the ship's
+side.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Betsy came up, gasping for breath because the wet plunge had
+surprised her, she reached out in the dark and grabbed a bunch of hair.
+At first she thought it was the end of a rope, but presently she heard
+a dismal "Hee-haw!" and knew she was holding fast to the end of Hank's
+tail.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Suddenly the sea was lighted up by a vivid glare. The ship, now in the
+far distance, caught fire, blew up and sank beneath the waves.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy shuddered at the sight, but just then her eye caught a mass of
+wreckage floating near her and she let go the mule's tail and seized
+the rude raft, pulling herself up so that she rode upon it in safety.
+Hank also saw the raft and swam to it, but he was so clumsy he never
+would have been able to climb upon it had not Betsy helped him to get
+aboard.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They had to crowd close together, for their support was only a
+hatch-cover torn from the ship's deck; but it floated them fairly well
+and both the girl and the mule knew it would keep them from drowning.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The storm was not over, by any means, when the ship went down. Blinding
+bolts of lightning shot from cloud to cloud and the clamor of deep
+thunderclaps echoed far over the sea. The waves tossed the little raft
+here and there as a child tosses a rubber ball and Betsy had a solemn
+feeling that for hundreds of watery miles in every direction there was
+no living thing besides herself and the small donkey.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Perhaps Hank had the same thought, for he gently rubbed his nose
+against the frightened girl and said "Hee-haw!" in his softest voice,
+as if to comfort her.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You'll protect me, Hank dear, won't you?" she cried helplessly, and
+the mule said "Hee-haw!" again, in tones that meant a promise.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+On board the ship, during the days that preceded the wreck, when the
+sea was calm, Betsy and Hank had become good friends; so, while the
+girl might have preferred a more powerful protector in this dreadful
+emergency, she felt that the mule would do all in a mule's power to
+guard her safety.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All night they floated, and when the storm had worn itself out and
+passed away with a few distant growls, and the waves had grown smaller
+and easier to ride, Betsy stretched herself out on the wet raft and
+fell asleep.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hank did not sleep a wink. Perhaps he felt it his duty to guard Betsy.
+Anyhow, he crouched on the raft beside the tired sleeping girl and
+watched patiently until the first light of dawn swept over the sea.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The light wakened Betsy Bobbin. She sat up, rubbed her eyes and stared
+across the water.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, Hank; there's land ahead!" she exclaimed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hee-haw!" answered Hank in his plaintive voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The raft was floating swiftly toward a very beautiful country and as
+they drew near Betsy could see banks of lovely flowers showing brightly
+between leafy trees. But no people were to be seen at all.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap05"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Five
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Roses Repulse the Refugees
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Gently the raft grated on the sandy beach. Then Betsy easily waded
+ashore, the mule following closely behind her. The sun was now shining
+and the air was warm and laden with the fragrance of roses.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'd like some breakfast, Hank," remarked the girl, feeling more
+cheerful now that she was on dry land; "but we can't eat the flowers,
+although they do smell mighty good."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hee-haw!" replied Hank and trotted up a little pathway to the top of
+the bank.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy followed and from the eminence looked around her. A little way
+off stood a splendid big greenhouse, its thousands of crystal panes
+glittering in the sunlight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There ought to be people somewhere 'round," observed Betsy
+thoughtfully; "gardeners, or somebody. Let's go and see, Hank. I'm
+getting hungrier ev'ry minute."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So they walked toward the great greenhouse and came to its entrance
+without meeting with anyone at all. A door stood ajar, so Hank went in
+first, thinking if there was any danger he could back out and warn his
+companion. But Betsy was close at his heels and the moment she entered
+was lost in amazement at the wonderful sight she saw.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The greenhouse was filled with magnificent rosebushes, all growing in
+big pots. On the central stem of each bush bloomed a splendid Rose,
+gorgeously colored and deliciously fragrant, and in the center of each
+Rose was the face of a lovely girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As Betsy and Hank entered, the heads of the Roses were drooping and
+their eyelids were closed in slumber; but the mule was so amazed that
+he uttered a loud "Hee-haw!" and at the sound of his harsh voice the
+rose leaves fluttered, the Roses raised their heads and a hundred
+startled eyes were instantly fixed upon the intruders.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I&mdash;I beg your pardon!" stammered Betsy, blushing and confused.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"O-o-o-h!" cried the Roses, in a sort of sighing chorus; and one of
+them added: "What a horrid noise!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, that was only Hank," said Betsy, and as if to prove the truth of
+her words the mule uttered another loud "Hee-haw!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At this all the Roses turned on their stems as far as they were able
+and trembled as if some one were shaking their bushes. A dainty Moss
+Rose gasped: "Dear me! How dreadfully dreadful!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It isn't dreadful at all," said Betsy, somewhat indignant. "When you
+get used to Hank's voice it will put you to sleep."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Roses now looked at the mule less fearfully and one of them asked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is that savage beast named Hank?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; Hank's my comrade, faithful and true," answered the girl, twining
+her arms around the little mule's neck and hugging him tight. "Aren't
+you, Hank?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hank could only say in reply: "Hee-haw!" and at his bray the Roses
+shivered again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Please go away!" begged one. "Can't you see you're frightening us out
+of a week's growth?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Go away!" echoed Betsy. "Why, we've no place to go. We've just been
+wrecked."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Wrecked?" asked the Roses in a surprised chorus.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; we were on a big ship and the storm came and wrecked it,"
+explained the girl. "But Hank and I caught hold of a raft and floated
+ashore to this place, and&mdash;we're tired and hungry. What country <i>is</i>
+this, please?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is the Rose Kingdom," replied the Moss Rose, haughtily, "and it
+is devoted to the culture of the rarest and fairest Roses grown."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I believe it," said Betsy, admiring the pretty blossoms.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But only Roses are allowed here," continued a delicate Tea Rose,
+bending her brows in a frown; "therefore you must go away before the
+Royal Gardener finds you and casts you back into the sea."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh! Is there a Royal Gardener, then?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"To be sure."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And is he a Rose, also?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course not; he's a man&mdash;a wonderful man," was the reply.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, I'm not afraid of a man," declared the girl, much relieved, and
+even as she spoke the Royal Gardener popped into the greenhouse&mdash;a
+spading fork in one hand and a watering pot in the other.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He was a funny little man, dressed in a rose-colored costume, with
+ribbons at his knees and elbows, and a bunch of ribbons in his hair.
+His eyes were small and twinkling, his nose sharp and his face puckered
+and deeply lined.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"O-ho!" he exclaimed, astonished to find strangers in his greenhouse,
+and when Hank gave a loud bray the Gardener threw the watering pot over
+the mule's head and danced around with his fork, in such agitation that
+presently he fell over the handle of the implement and sprawled at full
+length upon the ground.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy laughed and pulled the watering pot off from Hank's head. The
+little mule was angry at the treatment he had received and backed
+toward the Gardener threateningly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Look out for his heels!" called Betsy warningly and the Gardener
+scrambled to his feet and hastily hid behind the Roses.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You are breaking the Law!" he shouted, sticking out his head to glare
+at the girl and the mule.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What Law?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Law of the Rose Kingdom. No strangers are allowed in these
+domains."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not when they're shipwrecked?" she inquired.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Law doesn't except shipwrecks," replied the Royal Gardener, and he
+was about to say more when suddenly there was a crash of glass and a
+man came tumbling through the roof of the greenhouse and fell plump to
+the ground.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap06"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Six
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Shaggy Seeks his Stray Brother
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+This sudden arrival was a queer looking man, dressed all in garments so
+shaggy that Betsy at first thought he must be some animal. But the
+stranger ended his fall in a sitting position and then the girl saw it
+was really a man. He held an apple in his hand, which he had evidently
+been eating when he fell, and so little was he jarred or flustered by
+the accident that he continued to munch this apple as he calmly looked
+around him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Good gracious!" exclaimed Betsy, approaching him. "Who <i>are</i> you, and
+where did you come from?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Me? Oh, I'm Shaggy Man," said he, taking another bite of the apple.
+"Just dropped in for a short call. Excuse my seeming haste."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, I s'pose you couldn't help the haste," said Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No. I climbed an apple tree, outside; branch gave way and&mdash;here I am."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As he spoke the Shaggy Man finished his apple, gave the core to
+Hank&mdash;who ate it greedily&mdash;and then stood up to bow politely to Betsy
+and the Roses.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Royal Gardener had been frightened nearly into fits by the crash of
+glass and the fall of the shaggy stranger into the bower of Roses, but
+now he peeped out from behind a bush and cried in his squeaky voice:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You're breaking the Law! You're breaking the Law!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy stared at him solemnly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is the glass the Law in this country?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Breaking the glass is breaking the Law," squeaked the Gardener,
+angrily. "Also, to intrude in any part of the Rose Kingdom is breaking
+the Law."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How do you know?" asked Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, it's printed in a book," said the Gardener, coming forward and
+taking a small book from his pocket. "Page thirteen. Here it is: 'If
+any stranger enters the Rose Kingdom he shall at once be condemned by
+the Ruler and put to death.' So you see, strangers," he continued
+triumphantly, "it's death for you all and your time has come!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But just here Hank interposed. He had been stealthily backing toward
+the Royal Gardener, whom he disliked, and now the mule's heels shot out
+and struck the little man in the middle. He doubled up like the letter
+"U" and flew out of the door so swiftly&mdash;never touching the
+ground&mdash;that he was gone before Betsy had time to wink.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But the mule's attack frightened the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come," she whispered, approaching the Shaggy Man and taking his hand;
+"let's go somewhere else. They'll surely kill us if we stay here!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't worry, my dear," replied Shaggy, patting the child's head. "I'm
+not afraid of anything, so long as I have the Love Magnet."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Love Magnet! Why, what is that?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It's a charming little enchantment that wins the heart of everyone who
+looks upon it," was the reply. "The Love Magnet used to hang over the
+gateway to the Emerald City, in the Land of Oz; but when I started on
+this journey our beloved Ruler, Ozma of Oz, allowed me to take it with
+me."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh!" cried Betsy, staring hard at him; "are you really from the
+wonderful Land of Oz?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes. Ever been there, my dear?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No; but I've heard about it. And do you know Princess Ozma?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very well indeed."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And&mdash;and Princess Dorothy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Dorothy's an old chum of mine," declared Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Dear me!" exclaimed Betsy. "And why did you ever leave such a
+beautiful land as Oz?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"On an errand," said Shaggy, looking sad and solemn. "I'm trying to
+find my dear little brother."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh! Is he lost?" questioned Betsy, feeling very sorry for the poor man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Been lost these ten years," replied Shaggy, taking out a handkerchief
+and wiping a tear from his eye. "I didn't know it until lately, when I
+saw it recorded in the magic Record Book of the Sorceress Glinda, in
+the Land of Oz. So now I'm trying to find him."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where was he lost?" asked the girl sympathetically.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Back in Colorado, where I used to live before I went to Oz. Brother
+was a miner, and dug gold out of a mine. One day he went into his mine
+and never came out. They searched for him, but he was not there.
+Disappeared entirely," Shaggy ended miserably.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For goodness sake! What do you s'pose became of him?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There is only one explanation," replied Shaggy, taking another apple
+from his pocket and eating it to relieve his misery. "The Nome King
+probably got him."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Nome King! Who is he?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, he's sometimes called the Metal Monarch, and his name is Ruggedo.
+Lives in some underground cavern. Claims to own all the metals hidden
+in the earth. Don't ask me why."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"'Cause I don't know. But this Ruggedo gets wild with anger if anyone
+digs gold out of the earth, and my private opinion is that he captured
+brother and carried him off to his underground kingdom. No&mdash;don't ask
+me why. I see you're dying to ask me why. But I don't know."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But&mdash;dear me!&mdash;in that case you will never find your lost brother!"
+exclaimed the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Maybe not; but it's my duty to try," answered Shaggy. "I've wandered
+so far without finding him, but that only proves he is not where I've
+been looking. What I seek now is the hidden passage to the underground
+cavern of the terrible Metal Monarch."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well," said Betsy doubtfully, "it strikes me that if you ever manage
+to get there the Metal Monarch will make you, too, his prisoner."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Nonsense!" answered Shaggy, carelessly. "You mustn't forget the Love
+Magnet."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What about it?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"When the fierce Metal Monarch sees the Love Magnet, he will love me
+dearly and do anything I ask."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It must be wonderful," said Betsy, with awe.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is," the man assured her. "Shall I show it to you?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, do!" she cried; so Shaggy searched in his shaggy pocket and drew
+out a small silver magnet, shaped like a horseshoe.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The moment Betsy saw it she began to like the Shaggy Man better than
+before. Hank also saw the Magnet and crept up to Shaggy to rub his head
+lovingly against the man's knee.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But they were interrupted by the Royal Gardener, who stuck his head
+into the greenhouse and shouted angrily:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You are all condemned to death! Your only chance to escape is to leave
+here instantly."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This startled little Betsy, but the Shaggy Man merely waved the Magnet
+toward the Gardener, who, seeing it, rushed forward and threw himself
+at Shaggy's feet, murmuring in honeyed words:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, you lovely, lovely man! How fond I am of you! Every shag and
+bobtail that decorates you is dear to me&mdash;all I have is yours! But for
+goodness' sake get out of here before you die the death."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm not going to die," declared Shaggy Man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You must. It's the Law," exclaimed the Gardener, beginning to weep
+real tears. "It breaks my heart to tell you this bad news, but the Law
+says that all strangers must be condemned by the Ruler to die the
+death."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No Ruler has condemned us yet," said Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course not," added Shaggy. "We haven't even seen the Ruler of the
+Rose Kingdom."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, to tell the truth," said the Gardener, in a perplexed tone of
+voice, "we haven't any real Ruler, just now. You see, all our Rulers
+grow on bushes in the Royal Gardens, and the last one we had got
+mildewed and withered before his time. So we had to plant him, and at
+this time there is no one growing on the Royal Bushes who is ripe
+enough to pick."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How do you know?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, I'm the Royal Gardener. Plenty of royalties are growing, I admit;
+but just now they are all green. Until one ripens, I am supposed to
+rule the Rose Kingdom myself, and see that its Laws are obeyed.
+Therefore, much as I love you, Shaggy, I must put you to death."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Wait a minute," pleaded Betsy. "I'd like to see those Royal Gardens
+before I die."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"So would I," added Shaggy Man. "Take us there, Gardener."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, I can't do that," objected the Gardener. But Shaggy again showed
+him the Love Magnet and after one glance at it the Gardener could no
+longer resist.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He led Shaggy, Betsy and Hank to the end of the great greenhouse and
+carefully unlocked a small door. Passing through this they came into
+the splendid Royal Garden of the Rose Kingdom.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was all surrounded by a tall hedge and within the enclosure grew
+several enormous rosebushes having thick green leaves of the texture of
+velvet. Upon these bushes grew the members of the Royal Family of the
+Rose Kingdom&mdash;men, women and children in all stages of maturity. They
+all seemed to have a light green hue, as if unripe or not fully
+developed, their flesh and clothing being alike green. They stood
+perfectly lifeless upon their branches, which swayed softly in the
+breeze, and their wide open eyes stared straight ahead, unseeing and
+unintelligent.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+While examining these curious growing people, Betsy passed behind a big
+central bush and at once uttered an exclamation of surprise and
+pleasure. For there, blooming in perfect color and shape, stood a Royal
+Princess, whose beauty was amazing.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, she's ripe!" cried Betsy, pushing aside some of the broad leaves
+to observe her more clearly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, perhaps so," admitted the Gardener, who had come to the girl's
+side; "but she's a girl, and so we can't use her for a Ruler."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed!" came a chorus of soft voices, and looking around Betsy
+discovered that all the Roses had followed them from the greenhouse and
+were now grouped before the entrance.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You see," explained the Gardener, "the subjects of Rose Kingdom don't
+want a girl Ruler. They want a King."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A King! We want a King!" repeated the chorus of Roses.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Isn't she Royal?" inquired Shaggy, admiring the lovely Princess.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course, for she grows on a Royal Bush. This Princess is named Ozga,
+as she is a distant cousin of Ozma of Oz; and, were she but a man, we
+would joyfully hail her as our Ruler."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Gardener then turned away to talk with his Roses and Betsy
+whispered to her companion: "Let's pick her, Shaggy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," said he. "If she's royal, she has the right to rule this
+Kingdom, and if we pick her she will surely protect us and prevent our
+being hurt, or driven away."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Betsy and Shaggy each took an arm of the beautiful Rose Princess and
+a little twist of her feet set her free of the branch upon which she
+grew. Very gracefully she stepped down from the bush to the ground,
+where she bowed low to Betsy and Shaggy and said in a delightfully
+sweet voice: "I thank you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But at the sound of these words the Gardener and the Roses turned and
+discovered that the Princess had been picked, and was now alive. Over
+every face flashed an expression of resentment and anger, and one of
+the Roses cried aloud.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Audacious mortals! What have you done?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Picked a Princess for you, that's all," replied Betsy, cheerfully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But we won't have her! We want a King!" exclaimed a Jacque Rose, and
+another added with a voice of scorn: "No girl shall rule over us!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The newly-picked Princess looked from one to another of her rebellious
+subjects in astonishment. A grieved look came over her exquisite
+features.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Have I no welcome here, pretty subjects?" she asked gently. "Have I
+not come from my Royal Bush to be your Ruler?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You were picked by mortals, without our consent," replied the Moss
+Rose, coldly; "so we refuse to allow you to rule us."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Turn her out, Gardener, with the others!" cried the Tea Rose.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Just a second, please!" called Shaggy, taking the Love Magnet from his
+pocket. "I guess this will win their love, Princess. Here&mdash;take it in
+your hand and let the roses see it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Princess Ozga took the Magnet and held it poised before the eyes of her
+subjects; but the Roses regarded it with calm disdain.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, what's the matter?" demanded Shaggy in surprise. "The Magnet
+never failed to work before!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I know," said Betsy, nodding her head wisely. "These Roses have no
+hearts."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's it," agreed the Gardener. "They're pretty, and sweet, and
+alive; but still they are Roses. Their stems have thorns, but no
+hearts."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Princess sighed and handed the Magnet to the Shaggy Man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What shall I do?" she asked sorrowfully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Turn her out, Gardener, with the others!" commanded the Roses. "We
+will have no Ruler until a man-rose&mdash;a King&mdash;is ripe enough to pick."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very well," said the Gardener meekly. "You must excuse me, my dear
+Shaggy, for opposing your wishes, but you and the others, including
+Ozga, must get out of Rose Kingdom immediately, if not before."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't you love me, Gardy?" asked Shaggy, carelessly displaying the
+Magnet.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I do. I dote on thee!" answered the Gardener earnestly; "but no true
+man will neglect his duty for the sake of love. My duty is to drive you
+out, so&mdash;out you go!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+With this he seized a garden fork and began jabbing it at the
+strangers, in order to force them to leave. Hank the mule was not
+afraid of the fork and when he got his heels near to the Gardener the
+man fell back to avoid a kick.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But now the Roses crowded around the outcasts and it was soon
+discovered that beneath their draperies of green leaves were many sharp
+thorns which were more dangerous than Hank's heels. Neither Betsy nor
+Ozga nor Shaggy nor the mule cared to brave those thorns and when they
+pressed away from them they found themselves slowly driven through the
+garden door into the greenhouse. From there they were forced out at the
+entrance and so through the territory of the flower-strewn Rose
+Kingdom, which was not of very great extent.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Rose Princess was sobbing bitterly; Betsy was indignant and angry;
+Hank uttered defiant "Hee-haws" and the Shaggy Man whistled softly to
+himself.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The boundary of the Rose Kingdom was a deep gulf, but there was a
+drawbridge in one place and this the Royal Gardener let down until the
+outcasts had passed over it. Then he drew it up again and returned with
+his Roses to the greenhouse, leaving the four queerly assorted comrades
+to wander into the bleak and unknown country that lay beyond.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't mind, much," remarked Shaggy, as he led the way over the
+stony, barren ground. "I've got to search for my long-lost little
+brother, anyhow, so it won't matter where I go."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hank and I will help you find your brother," said Betsy in her most
+cheerful voice. "I'm so far away from home now that I don't s'pose I'll
+ever find my way back; and, to tell the truth, it's more fun traveling
+around and having adventures than sticking at home. Don't you think so,
+Hank?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hee-haw!" said Hank, and the Shaggy Man thanked them both.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For my part," said Princess Ozga of Roseland, with a gentle sigh, "I
+must remain forever exiled from my Kingdom. So I, too, will be glad to
+help the Shaggy Man find his lost brother."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's very kind of you, ma'am," said Shaggy. "But unless I can find
+the underground cavern of Ruggedo, the Metal Monarch, I shall never
+find poor brother."
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+(This King was formerly named "Roquat," but after he drank of the
+"Waters of Oblivion" he forgot his own name and had to take another.)
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+"Doesn't anyone know where it is?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"<i>Some</i> one must know, of course," was Shaggy's reply. "But we are not
+the ones. The only way to succeed is for us to keep going until we find
+a person who can direct us to Ruggedo's cavern."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We may find it ourselves, without any help," suggested Betsy. "Who
+knows?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No one knows that, except the person who's writing this story," said
+Shaggy. "But we won't find anything&mdash;not even supper&mdash;unless we travel
+on. Here's a path. Let's take it and see where it leads to."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap07"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Seven
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Polychrome's Pitiful Plight
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The Rain King got too much water in his basin and spilled some over the
+brim. That made it rain in a certain part of the country&mdash;a real hard
+shower, for a time&mdash;and sent the Rainbow scampering to the place to
+show the gorgeous colors of his glorious bow as soon as the mist of
+rain had passed and the sky was clear.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The coming of the Rainbow is always a joyous event to earth folk, yet
+few have ever seen it close by. Usually the Rainbow is so far distant
+that you can observe its splendid hues but dimly, and that is why we
+seldom catch sight of the dancing Daughters of the Rainbow.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the barren country where the rain had just fallen there appeared to
+be no human beings at all; but the Rainbow appeared, just the same, and
+dancing gayly upon its arch were the Rainbow's Daughters, led by the
+fairylike Polychrome, who is so dainty and beautiful that no girl has
+ever quite equalled her in loveliness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome was in a merry mood and danced down the arch of the bow to
+the ground, daring her sisters to follow her. Laughing and gleeful,
+they also touched the ground with their twinkling feet; but all the
+Daughters of the Rainbow knew that this was a dangerous pastime, so
+they quickly climbed upon their bow again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All but Polychrome. Though the sweetest and merriest of them all, she
+was likewise the most reckless. Moreover, it was an unusual sensation
+to pat the cold, damp earth with her rosy toes. Before she realized it
+the bow had lifted and disappeared in the billowy blue sky, and here
+was Polychrome standing helpless upon a rock, her gauzy draperies
+floating about her like brilliant cobwebs and not a soul&mdash;fairy or
+mortal&mdash;to help her regain her lost bow!
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Dear me!" she exclaimed, a frown passing across her pretty face, "I'm
+caught again. This is the second time my carelessness has left me on
+earth while my sisters returned to our Sky Palaces. The first time I
+enjoyed some pleasant adventures, but this is a lonely, forsaken
+country and I shall be very unhappy until my Rainbow comes again and I
+can climb aboard. Let me think what is best to be done."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She crouched low upon the flat rock, drew her draperies about her and
+bowed her head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was in this position that Betsy Bobbin spied Polychrome as she came
+along the stony path, followed by Hank, the Princess and Shaggy. At
+once the girl ran up to the radiant Daughter of the Rainbow and
+exclaimed:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, what a lovely, lovely creature!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome raised her golden head. There were tears in her blue eyes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm the most miserable girl in the whole world!" she sobbed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The others gathered around her.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Tell us your troubles, pretty one," urged the Princess.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I&mdash;I've lost my bow!" wailed Polychrome.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Take me, my dear," said Shaggy Man in a sympathetic tone, thinking she
+meant "beau" instead of "bow."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't want you!" cried Polychrome, stamping her foot imperiously; "I
+want my <i>Rain</i>bow."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh; that's different," said Shaggy. "But try to forget it. When I was
+young I used to cry for the Rainbow myself, but I couldn't have it.
+Looks as if <i>you</i> couldn't have it, either; so please don't cry."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome looked at him reproachfully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't like you," she said.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No?" replied Shaggy, drawing the Love Magnet from his pocket; "not a
+little bit?&mdash;just a wee speck of a like?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, yes!" said Polychrome, clasping her hands in ecstasy as she gazed
+at the enchanted talisman; "I love you, Shaggy Man!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course you do," said he calmly; "but I don't take any credit for
+it. It's the Love Magnet's powerful charm. But you seem quite alone and
+friendless, little Rainbow. Don't you want to join our party until you
+find your father and sisters again?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where are you going?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We don't just know that," said Betsy, taking her hand; "but we're
+trying to find Shaggy's long-lost brother, who has been captured by the
+terrible Metal Monarch. Won't you come with us, and help us?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome looked from one to another of the queer party of travelers
+and a bewitching smile suddenly lighted her face.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A donkey, a mortal maid, a Rose Princess and a Shaggy Man!" she
+exclaimed. "Surely you need help, if you intend to face Ruggedo."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you know him, then?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed. Ruggedo's caverns are beneath the earth's surface, where
+no Rainbow can ever penetrate. But I've heard of the Metal Monarch. He
+is also called the Nome King, you know, and he has made trouble for a
+good many people&mdash;mortals and fairies&mdash;in his time," said Polychrome.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you fear him, then?" asked the Princess, anxiously.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No one can harm a Daughter of the Rainbow," said Polychrome proudly.
+"I'm a sky fairy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then," said Betsy, quickly, "you will be able to tell us the way to
+Ruggedo's cavern."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No," returned Polychrome, shaking her head, "that is one thing I
+cannot do. But I will gladly go with you and help you search for the
+place."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This promise delighted all the wanderers and after the Shaggy Man had
+found the path again they began moving along it in a more happy mood.
+The Rainbow's Daughter danced lightly over the rocky trail, no longer
+sad, but with her beautiful features wreathed in smiles. Shaggy came
+next, walking steadily and now and then supporting the Rose Princess,
+who followed him. Betsy and Hank brought up the rear, and if she tired
+with walking the girl got upon Hank's back and let the stout little
+donkey carry her for awhile.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At nightfall they came to some trees that grew beside a tiny brook and
+here they made camp and rested until morning. Then away they tramped,
+finding berries and fruits here and there which satisfied the hunger of
+Betsy, Shaggy and Hank, so that they were well content with their lot.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It surprised Betsy to see the Rose Princess partake of their food, for
+she considered her a fairy; but when she mentioned this to Polychrome,
+the Rainbow's Daughter explained that when Ozga was driven out of her
+Rose Kingdom she ceased to be a fairy and would never again be more
+than a mere mortal. Polychrome, however, was a fairy wherever she
+happened to be, and if she sipped a few dewdrops by moonlight for
+refreshment no one ever saw her do it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As they continued their wandering journey, direction meant very little
+to them, for they were hopelessly lost in this strange country. Shaggy
+said it would be best to go toward the mountains, as the natural
+entrance to Ruggedo's underground cavern was likely to be hidden in
+some rocky, deserted place; but mountains seemed all around them except
+in the one direction that they had come from, which led to the Rose
+Kingdom and the sea. Therefore it mattered little which way they
+traveled.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+By and by they espied a faint trail that looked like a path and after
+following this for some time they reached a crossroads. Here were many
+paths, leading in various directions, and there was a signpost so old
+that there were now no words upon the sign. At one side was an old
+well, with a chain windlass for drawing water, yet there was no house
+or other building anywhere in sight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+While the party halted, puzzled which way to proceed, the mule
+approached the well and tried to look into it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He's thirsty," said Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It's a dry well," remarked Shaggy. "Probably there has been no water
+in it for many years. But, come; let us decide which way to travel."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+No one seemed able to decide that. They sat down in a group and tried
+to consider which road might be the best to take. Hank, however, could
+not keep away from the well and finally he reared up on his hind legs,
+got his head over the edge and uttered a loud "Hee-haw!" Betsy watched
+her animal friend curiously.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I wonder if he sees anything down there?" she said.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At this, Shaggy rose and went over to the well to investigate, and
+Betsy went with him. The Princess and Polychrome, who had become fast
+friends, linked arms and sauntered down one of the roads, to find an
+easy path.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Really," said Shaggy, "there does seem to be something at the bottom
+of this old well."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Can't we pull it up, and see what it is?" asked the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was no bucket at the end of the windlass chain, but there was a
+big hook that at one time was used to hold a bucket. Shaggy let down
+this hook, dragged it around on the bottom and then pulled it up. An
+old hoopskirt came with it, and Betsy laughed and threw it away. The
+thing frightened Hank, who had never seen a hoopskirt before, and he
+kept a good distance away from it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Several other objects the Shaggy Man captured with the hook and drew
+up, but none of these was important.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This well seems to have been the dump for all the old rubbish in the
+country," he said, letting down the hook once more. "I guess I've
+captured everything now. No&mdash;the hook has caught again. Help me, Betsy!
+Whatever this thing is, it's heavy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She ran up and helped him turn the windlass and after much effort a
+confused mass of copper came in sight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Good gracious!" exclaimed Shaggy. "Here is a surprise, indeed!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What is it?" inquired Betsy, clinging to the windlass and panting for
+breath.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For answer the Shaggy Man grasped the bundle of copper and dumped it
+upon the ground, free of the well. Then he turned it over with his
+foot, spread it out, and to Betsy's astonishment the thing proved to be
+a copper man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Just as I thought," said Shaggy, looking hard at the object. "But
+unless there are two copper men in the world this is the most
+astonishing thing I ever came across."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At this moment the Rainbow's Daughter and the Rose Princess approached
+them, and Polychrome said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What have you found, Shaggy One?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Either an old friend, or a stranger," he replied.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, here's a sign on his back!" cried Betsy, who had knelt down to
+examine the man. "Dear me; how funny! Listen to this."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then she read the following words, engraved upon the copper plates of
+the man's body:
+</P>
+
+<PRE>
+ SMITH & TINKER'S
+ Patent Double-Action, Extra-Responsive,
+ Thought-Creating, Perfect-Talking
+ MECHANICAL MAN
+ Fitted with our Special Clockwork Attachment.
+ Thinks, Speaks, Acts, and Does Everything but Live.
+</PRE>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+"Isn't he wonderful!" exclaimed the Princess.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; but here's more," said Betsy, reading from another engraved plate:
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<PRE>
+ DIRECTIONS FOR USING:
+
+ For THINKING:&mdash;Wind the Clockwork
+ Man under his left arm, (marked No. 1).
+ For SPEAKING:&mdash;Wind the Clockwork
+ Man under his right arm, (marked No. 2).
+ For WALKING and ACTION:&mdash;Wind Clockwork Man
+ in the middle of his back, (marked No. 3).
+
+ N. B.&mdash;This Mechanism is guaranteed to
+ work perfectly for a thousand years.
+</PRE>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+"If he's guaranteed for a thousand years," said Polychrome, "he ought
+to work yet."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," replied Shaggy. "Let's wind him up."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In order to do this they were obliged to set the copper man upon his
+feet, in an upright position, and this was no easy task. He was
+inclined to topple over, and had to be propped again and again. The
+girls assisted Shaggy, and at last Tik-Tok seemed to be balanced and
+stood alone upon his broad feet.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes," said Shaggy, looking at the copper man carefully, "this must be,
+indeed, my old friend Tik-Tok, whom I left ticking merrily in the Land
+of Oz. But how he came to this lonely place, and got into that old
+well, is surely a mystery."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If we wind him, perhaps he will tell us," suggested Betsy. "Here's the
+key, hanging to a hook on his back. What part of him shall I wind up
+first?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"His thoughts, of course," said Polychrome, "for it requires thought to
+speak or move intelligently."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Betsy wound him under his left arm, and at once little flashes of
+light began to show in the top of his head, which was proof that he had
+begun to think.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Now, then," said Shaggy, "wind up his phonograph."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's that?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, his talking-machine. His thoughts may be interesting, but they
+don't tell us anything."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Betsy wound the copper man under his right arm, and then from the
+interior of his copper body came in jerky tones the words: "Ma-ny
+thanks!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hurrah!" cried Shaggy, joyfully, and he slapped Tik-Tok upon the back
+in such a hearty manner that the copper man lost his balance and
+tumbled to the ground in a heap. But the clockwork that enabled him to
+speak had been wound up and he kept saying: "Pick-me-up! Pick-me-up!
+Pick-me-up!" until they had again raised him and balanced him upon his
+feet, when he added politely: "Ma-ny thanks!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He won't be self-supporting until we wind up his action," remarked
+Shaggy; so Betsy wound it, as tight as she could&mdash;for the key turned
+rather hard&mdash;and then Tik-Tok lifted his feet, marched around in a
+circle and ended by stopping before the group and making them all a low
+bow.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How in the world did you happen to be in that well, when I left you
+safe in Oz?" inquired Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is a long sto-ry," replied Tik-Tok, "but I'll tell it in a few
+words. Af-ter you had gone in search of your broth-er, Oz-ma saw you
+wan-der-ing in strange lands when-ev-er she looked in her mag-ic
+pic-ture, and she also saw your broth-er in the Nome King's cavern; so
+she sent me to tell you where to find your broth-er and told me to help
+you if I could. The Sor-cer-ess, Glin-da the Good, trans-port-ed me to
+this place in the wink of an eye; but here I met the Nome King
+him-self&mdash;old Rug-ge-do, who is called in these parts the Met-al
+Mon-arch. Rug-ge-do knew what I had come for, and he was so an-gry that
+he threw me down the well. Af-ter my works ran down I was help-less
+un-til you came a-long and pulled me out a-gain. Ma-ny thanks."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is, indeed, good news," said Shaggy. "I suspected that my brother
+was the prisoner of Ruggedo; but now I know it. Tell us, Tik-Tok, how
+shall we get to the Nome King's underground cavern?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The best way is to walk," said Tik-Tok. "We might crawl, or jump, or
+roll o-ver and o-ver until we get there; but the best way is to walk."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I know; but which road shall we take?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My ma-chin-er-y is-n't made to tell that," replied Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There is more than one entrance to the underground cavern," said
+Polychrome; "but old Ruggedo has cleverly concealed every opening, so
+that earth dwellers can not intrude in his domain. If we find our way
+underground at all, it will be by chance."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then," said Betsy, "let us select any road, haphazard, and see where
+it leads us."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That seems sensible," declared the Princess. "It may require a lot of
+time for us to find Ruggedo, but we have more time than anything else."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If you keep me wound up," said Tik-Tok, "I will last a thou-sand
+years."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then the only question to decide is which way to go," added Shaggy,
+looking first at one road and then at another.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But while they stood hesitating, a peculiar sound reached their ears&mdash;a
+sound like the tramping of many feet.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's coming?" cried Betsy; and then she ran to the left-hand road
+and glanced along the path. "Why, it's an army!" she exclaimed. "What
+shall we do, hide or run?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Stand still," commanded Shaggy. "I'm not afraid of an army. If they
+prove to be friendly, they can help us; if they are enemies, I'll show
+them the Love Magnet."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap08"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Eight
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Tik-Tok Tackles a Tough Task
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+While Shaggy and his companions stood huddled in a group at one side,
+the Army of Oogaboo was approaching along the pathway, the tramp of
+their feet being now and then accompanied by a dismal groan as one of
+the officers stepped on a sharp stone or knocked his funnybone against
+his neighbor's sword-handle.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then out from among the trees marched Private Files, bearing the banner
+of Oogaboo, which fluttered from a long pole. This pole he stuck in the
+ground just in front of the well and then he cried in a loud voice:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hereby conquer this territory in the name of Queen Ann Soforth of
+Oogaboo, and all the inhabitants of the land I proclaim her slaves!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Some of the officers now stuck their heads out of the bushes and asked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is the coast clear, Private Files?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There is no coast here," was the reply, "but all's well."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hope there's water in it," said General Cone, mustering courage to
+advance to the well; but just then he caught a glimpse of Tik-Tok and
+Shaggy and at once fell upon his knees, trembling and frightened and
+cried out:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Mercy, kind enemies! Mercy! Spare us, and we will be your slaves
+forever!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The other officers, who had now advanced into the clearing, likewise
+fell upon their knees and begged for mercy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files turned around and, seeing the strangers for the first time,
+examined them with much curiosity. Then, discovering that three of the
+party were girls, he lifted his cap and made a polite bow.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's all this?" demanded a harsh voice, as Queen Ann reached the
+place and beheld her kneeling army.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Permit us to introduce ourselves," replied Shaggy, stepping forward.
+"This is Tik-Tok, the Clockwork Man&mdash;who works better than some meat
+people. And here is Princess Ozga of Roseland, just now unfortunately
+exiled from her Kingdom of Roses. I next present Polychrome, a sky
+fairy, who lost her Bow by an accident and can't find her way home. The
+small girl here is Betsy Bobbin, from some unknown earthly paradise
+called Oklahoma, and with her you see Mr. Hank, a mule with a long tail
+and a short temper."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Puh!" said Ann, scornfully; "a pretty lot of vagabonds you are,
+indeed; all lost or strayed, I suppose, and not worth a Queen's
+plundering. I'm sorry I've conquered you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But you haven't conquered us yet," called Betsy indignantly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No," agreed Files, "that is a fact. But if my officers will kindly
+command me to conquer you, I will do so at once, after which we can
+stop arguing and converse more at our ease."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The officers had by this time risen from their knees and brushed the
+dust from their trousers. To them the enemy did not look very fierce,
+so the Generals and Colonels and Majors and Captains gained courage to
+face them and began strutting in their most haughty manner.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You must understand," said Ann, "that I am the Queen of Oogaboo, and
+this is my invincible Army. We are busy conquering the world, and since
+you seem to be a part of the world, and are obstructing our journey, it
+is necessary for us to conquer you&mdash;unworthy though you may be of such
+high honor."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's all right," replied Shaggy. "Conquer us as often as you like.
+We don't mind."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But we won't be anybody's slaves," added Betsy, positively.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We'll see about that," retorted the Queen, angrily. "Advance, Private
+Files, and bind the enemy hand and foot!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But Private Files looked at pretty Betsy and fascinating Polychrome and
+the beautiful Rose Princess and shook his head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It would be impolite, and I won't do it," he asserted.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You must!" cried Ann. "It is your duty to obey orders."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I haven't received any orders from my officers," objected the Private.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But the Generals now shouted: "Forward, and bind the prisoners!" and
+the Colonels and Majors and Captains repeated the command, yelling it
+as loud as they could.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All this noise annoyed Hank, who had been eyeing the Army of Oogaboo
+with strong disfavor. The mule now dashed forward and began backing
+upon the officers and kicking fierce and dangerous heels at them. The
+attack was so sudden that the officers scattered like dust in a
+whirlwind, dropping their swords as they ran and trying to seek refuge
+behind the trees and bushes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy laughed joyously at the comical rout of the "noble army," and
+Polychrome danced with glee. But Ann was furious at this ignoble defeat
+of her gallant forces by one small mule.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Private Files, I command you to do your duty!" she cried again, and
+then she herself ducked to escape the mule's heels&mdash;for Hank made no
+distinction in favor of a lady who was an open enemy. Betsy grabbed her
+champion by the forelock, however, and so held him fast, and when the
+officers saw that the mule was restrained from further attacks they
+crept fearfully back and picked up their discarded swords.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Private Files, seize and bind these prisoners!" screamed the Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No," said Files, throwing down his gun and removing the knapsack which
+was strapped to his back, "I resign my position as the Army of Oogaboo.
+I enlisted to fight the enemy and become a hero, but if you want some
+one to bind harmless girls you will have to hire another Private."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then he walked over to the others and shook hands with Shaggy and
+Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Treason!" shrieked Ann, and all the officers echoed her cry.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Nonsense," said Files. "I've the right to resign if I want to."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Indeed you haven't!" retorted the Queen. "If you resign it will break
+up my Army, and then I cannot conquer the world." She now turned to the
+officers and said: "I must ask you to do me a favor. I know it is
+undignified in officers to fight, but unless you immediately capture
+Private Files and force him to obey my orders there will be no plunder
+for any of us. Also it is likely you will all suffer the pangs of
+hunger, and when we meet a powerful foe you are liable to be captured
+and made slaves."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The prospect of this awful fate so frightened the officers that they
+drew their swords and rushed upon Files, who stood beside Shaggy, in a
+truly ferocious manner. The next instant, however, they halted and
+again fell upon their knees; for there, before them, was the glistening
+Love Magnet, held in the hand of the smiling Shaggy Man, and the sight
+of this magic talisman at once won the heart of every Oogabooite. Even
+Ann saw the Love Magnet, and forgetting all enmity and anger threw
+herself upon Shaggy and embraced him lovingly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Quite disconcerted by this unexpected effect of the Magnet, Shaggy
+disengaged himself from the Queen's encircling arms and quickly hid the
+talisman in his pocket. The adventurers from Oogaboo were now his firm
+friends, and there was no more talk about conquering and binding any of
+his party.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If you insist on conquering anyone," said Shaggy, "you may march with
+me to the underground Kingdom of Ruggedo. To conquer the world, as you
+have set out to do, you must conquer everyone under its surface as well
+as those upon its surface, and no one in all the world needs conquering
+so much as Ruggedo."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who is he?" asked Ann.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Metal Monarch, King of the Nomes."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is he rich?" inquired Major Stockings in an anxious voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," answered Shaggy. "He owns all the metal that lies
+underground&mdash;gold, silver, copper, brass and tin. He has an idea he
+also owns all the metals above ground, for he says all metal was once a
+part of his kingdom. So, by conquering the Metal Monarch, you will win
+all the riches in the world."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ah!" exclaimed General Apple, heaving a deep sigh, "that would be
+plunder worth our while. Let's conquer him, Your Majesty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Queen looked reproachfully at Files, who was sitting next to the
+lovely Princess and whispering in her ear.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Alas," said Ann, "I have no longer an Army. I have plenty of brave
+officers, indeed, but no private soldier for them to command. Therefore
+I cannot conquer Ruggedo and win all his wealth."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why don't you make one of your officers the Private?" asked Shaggy;
+but at once every officer began to protest and the Queen of Oogaboo
+shook her head as she replied:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is impossible. A private soldier must be a terrible fighter, and
+my officers are unable to fight. They are exceptionally brave in
+commanding others to fight, but could not themselves meet the enemy and
+conquer."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very true, Your Majesty," said Colonel Plum, eagerly. "There are many
+kinds of bravery and one cannot be expected to possess them all. I
+myself am brave as a lion in all ways until it comes to fighting, but
+then my nature revolts. Fighting is unkind and liable to be injurious
+to others; so, being a gentleman, I never fight."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Nor I!" shouted each of the other officers.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You see," said Ann, "how helpless I am. Had not Private Files proved
+himself a traitor and a deserter, I would gladly have conquered this
+Ruggedo; but an Army without a private soldier is like a bee without a
+stinger."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am not a traitor, Your Majesty," protested Files. "I resigned in a
+proper manner, not liking the job. But there are plenty of people to
+take my place. Why not make Shaggy Man the private soldier?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He might be killed," said Ann, looking tenderly at Shaggy, "for he is
+mortal, and able to die. If anything happened to him, it would break my
+heart."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It would hurt me worse than that," declared Shaggy. "You must admit,
+Your Majesty, that I am commander of this expedition, for it is my
+brother we are seeking, rather than plunder. But I and my companions
+would like the assistance of your Army, and if you help us to conquer
+Ruggedo and to rescue my brother from captivity we will allow you to
+keep all the gold and jewels and other plunder you may find."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This prospect was so tempting that the officers began whispering
+together and presently Colonel Cheese said: "Your Majesty, by combining
+our brains we have just evolved a most brilliant idea. We will make the
+Clockwork Man the private soldier!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who? Me?" asked Tik-Tok. "Not for a sin-gle sec-ond! I can-not fight,
+and you must not for-get that it was Rug-ge-do who threw me in the
+well."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"At that time you had no gun," said Polychrome. "But if you join the
+Army of Oogaboo you will carry the gun that Mr. Files used."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A sol-dier must be a-ble to run as well as to fight," protested
+Tik-Tok, "and if my works run down, as they of-ten do, I could nei-ther
+run nor fight."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll keep you wound up, Tik-Tok," promised Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, it isn't a bad idea," said Shaggy. "Tik-Tok will make an ideal
+soldier, for nothing can injure him except a sledge hammer. And, since
+a private soldier seems to be necessary to this Army, Tik-Tok is the
+only one of our party fitted to undertake the job."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What must I do?" asked Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Obey orders," replied Ann. "When the officers command you to do
+anything, you must do it; that is all."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And that's enough, too," said Files.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do I get a salary?" inquired Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You get your share of the plunder," answered the Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes," remarked Files, "one-half of the plunder goes to Queen Ann, the
+other half is divided among the officers, and the Private gets the
+rest."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That will be sat-is-fac-tor-y," said Tik-Tok, picking up the gun and
+examining it wonderingly, for he had never before seen such a weapon.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then Ann strapped the knapsack to Tik-Tok's copper back and said: "Now
+we are ready to march to Ruggedo's Kingdom and conquer it. Officers,
+give the command to march."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Fall&mdash;in!" yelled the Generals, drawing their swords.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Fall&mdash;in!" cried the Colonels, drawing their swords.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Fall&mdash;in!" shouted the Majors, drawing their swords.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Fall&mdash;in!" bawled the Captains, drawing their swords.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Tik-Tok looked at them and then around him in surprise.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Fall in what? The well?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No," said Queen Ann, "you must fall in marching order."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Can-not I march without fall-ing in-to it?" asked the Clockwork Man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shoulder your gun and stand ready to march," advised Files; so Tik-Tok
+held the gun straight and stood still.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What next?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Queen turned to Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Which road leads to the Metal Monarch's cavern?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We don't know, Your Majesty," was the reply.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But this is absurd!" said Ann with a frown. "If we can't get to
+Ruggedo, it is certain that we can't conquer him."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You are right," admitted Shaggy; "but I did not say we could not get
+to him. We have only to discover the way, and that was the matter we
+were considering when you and your magnificent Army arrived here."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, then, get busy and discover it," snapped the Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+That was no easy task. They all stood looking from one road to another
+in perplexity. The paths radiated from the little clearing like the
+rays of the midday sun, and each path seemed like all the others.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files and the Rose Princess, who had by this time become good friends,
+advanced a little way along one of the roads and found that it was
+bordered by pretty wild flowers.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why don't you ask the flowers to tell you the way?" he said to his
+companion.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The flowers?" returned the Princess, surprised at the question.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," said Files. "The field-flowers must be second-cousins to a
+Rose Princess, and I believe if you ask them they will tell you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She looked more closely at the flowers. There were hundreds of white
+daisies, golden buttercups, bluebells and daffodils growing by the
+roadside, and each flower-head was firmly set upon its slender but
+stout stem. There were even a few wild roses scattered here and there
+and perhaps it was the sight of these that gave the Princess courage to
+ask the important question.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She dropped to her knees, facing the flowers, and extended both her
+arms pleadingly toward them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Tell me, pretty cousins," she said in her sweet, gentle voice, "which
+way will lead us to the Kingdom of Ruggedo, the Nome King?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At once all the stems bent gracefully to the right and the flower heads
+nodded once&mdash;twice&mdash;thrice in that direction.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's it!" cried Files joyfully. "Now we know the way."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ozga rose to her feet and looked wonderingly at the field-flowers,
+which had now resumed their upright position.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Was it the wind, do you think?" she asked in a low whisper.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed," replied Files. "There is not a breath of wind stirring.
+But these lovely blossoms are indeed your cousins and answered your
+question at once, as I knew they would."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap09"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Nine
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Ruggedo's Rage is Rash and Reckless
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The way taken by the adventurers led up hill and down dale and wound
+here and there in a fashion that seemed aimless. But always it drew
+nearer to a range of low mountains and Files said more than once that
+he was certain the entrance to Ruggedo's cavern would be found among
+these rugged hills.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In this he was quite correct. Far underneath the nearest mountain was a
+gorgeous chamber hollowed from the solid rock, the walls and roof of
+which glittered with thousands of magnificent jewels. Here, on a throne
+of virgin gold, sat the famous Nome King, dressed in splendid robes and
+wearing a superb crown cut from a single blood-red ruby.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo, the Monarch of all the Metals and Precious Stones of the
+Underground World, was a round little man with a flowing white beard, a
+red face, bright eyes and a scowl that covered all his forehead. One
+would think, to look at him, that he ought to be jolly; one might
+think, considering his enormous wealth, that he ought to be happy; but
+this was not the case. The Metal Monarch was surly and cross because
+mortals had dug so much treasure out of the earth and kept it above
+ground, where all the power of Ruggedo and his nomes was unable to
+recover it. He hated not only the mortals but also the fairies who live
+upon the earth or above it, and instead of being content with the
+riches he still possessed he was unhappy because he did not own all the
+gold and jewels in the world.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo had been nodding, half asleep, in his chair when suddenly he
+sat upright, uttered a roar of rage and began pounding upon a huge gong
+that stood beside him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The sound filled the vast cavern and penetrated to many caverns beyond,
+where countless thousands of nomes were working at their unending
+tasks, hammering out gold and silver and other metals, or melting ores
+in great furnaces, or polishing glittering gems. The nomes trembled at
+the sound of the King's gong and whispered fearfully to one another
+that something unpleasant was sure to happen; but none dared pause in
+his task.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The heavy curtains of cloth-of-gold were pushed aside and Kaliko, the
+King's High Chamberlain, entered the royal presence.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's up, Your Majesty?" he asked, with a wide yawn, for he had just
+wakened.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Up?" roared Ruggedo, stamping his foot viciously. "Those foolish
+mortals are up, that's what! And they want to come down."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Down here?" inquired Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How do you know?" continued the Chamberlain, yawning again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I feel it in my bones," said Ruggedo. "I can always feel it when those
+hateful earth-crawlers draw near to my Kingdom. I am positive, Kaliko,
+that mortals are this very minute on their way here to annoy me&mdash;and I
+hate mortals more than I do catnip tea!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, what's to be done?" demanded the nome.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Look through your spyglass, and see where the invaders are," commanded
+the King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Kaliko went to a tube in the wall of rock and put his eye to it. The
+tube ran from the cavern up to the side of the mountain and turned
+several curves and corners, but as it was a magic spyglass Kaliko was
+able to see through it just as easily as if it had been straight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ho&mdash;hum," said he. "I see 'em, Your Majesty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What do they look like?" inquired the Monarch.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's a hard question to answer, for a queerer assortment of
+creatures I never yet beheld," replied the nome. "However, such a
+collection of curiosities may prove dangerous. There's a copper man,
+worked by machinery&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Bah! that's only Tik-Tok," said Ruggedo. "I'm not afraid of him. Why,
+only the other day I met the fellow and threw him down a well."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then some one must have pulled him out again," said Kaliko. "And
+there's a little girl&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Dorothy?" asked Ruggedo, jumping up in fear.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No; some other girl. In fact, there are several girls, of various
+sizes; but Dorothy is not with them, nor is Ozma."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's good!" exclaimed the King, sighing in relief.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko still had his eye to the spyglass.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I see," said he, "an army of men from Oogaboo. They are all officers
+and carry swords. And there is a Shaggy Man&mdash;who seems very
+harmless&mdash;and a little donkey with big ears."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pooh!" cried Ruggedo, snapping his fingers in scorn. "I've no fear of
+such a mob as that. A dozen of my nomes can destroy them all in a
+jiffy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm not so sure of that," said Kaliko. "The people of Oogaboo are hard
+to destroy, and I believe the Rose Princess is a fairy. As for
+Polychrome, you know very well that the Rainbow's Daughter cannot be
+injured by a nome."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Polychrome! Is she among them?" asked the King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; I have just recognized her."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then these people are coming here on no peaceful errand," declared
+Ruggedo, scowling fiercely. "In fact, no one ever comes here on a
+peaceful errand. I hate everybody, and everybody hates me!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very true," said Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I must in some way prevent these people from reaching my dominions.
+Where are they now?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Just now they are crossing the Rubber Country, Your Majesty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Good! Are your magnetic rubber wires in working order?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I think so," replied Kaliko. "Is it your Royal Will that we have some
+fun with these invaders?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is," answered Ruggedo. "I want to teach them a lesson they will
+never forget."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now, Shaggy had no idea that he was in a Rubber Country, nor had any of
+his companions. They noticed that everything around them was of a dull
+gray color and that the path upon which they walked was soft and
+springy, yet they had no suspicion that the rocks and trees were rubber
+and even the path they trod was made of rubber.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Presently they came to a brook where sparkling water dashed through a
+deep channel and rushed away between high rocks far down the
+mountain-side. Across the brook were stepping-stones, so placed that
+travelers might easily leap from one to another and in that manner
+cross the water to the farther bank.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Tik-Tok was marching ahead, followed by his officers and Queen Ann.
+After them came Betsy Bobbin and Hank, Polychrome and Shaggy, and last
+of all the Rose Princess with Files. The Clockwork Man saw the stream
+and the stepping-stones and, without making a pause, placed his foot
+upon the first stone.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The result was astonishing. First he sank down in the soft rubber,
+which then rebounded and sent Tik-Tok soaring high in the air, where he
+turned a succession of flip-flops and alighted upon a rubber rock far
+in the rear of the party.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+General Apple did not see Tik-Tok bound, so quickly had he disappeared;
+therefore he also stepped upon the stone (which you will guess was
+connected with Kaliko's magnetic rubber wire) and instantly shot upward
+like an arrow. General Cone came next and met with a like fate, but the
+others now noticed that something was wrong and with one accord they
+halted the column and looked back along the path.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was Tik-Tok, still bounding from one rubber rock to another, each
+time rising a less distance from the ground. And there was General
+Apple, bounding away in another direction, his three-cornered hat
+jammed over his eyes and his long sword thumping him upon the arms and
+head as it swung this way and that. And there, also, appeared General
+Cone, who had struck a rubber rock headforemost and was so crumpled up
+that his round body looked more like a bouncing-ball than the form of a
+man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy laughed merrily at the strange sight and Polychrome echoed her
+laughter. But Ozga was grave and wondering, while Queen Ann became
+angry at seeing the chief officers of the Army of Oogaboo bounding
+around in so undignified a manner. She shouted to them to stop, but
+they were unable to obey, even though they would have been glad to do
+so. Finally, however, they all ceased bounding and managed to get upon
+their feet and rejoin the Army.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why did you do that?" demanded Ann, who seemed greatly provoked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't ask them why," said Shaggy earnestly. "I knew you would ask them
+why, but you ought not to do it. The reason is plain. Those stones are
+rubber; therefore they are not stones. Those rocks around us are
+rubber, and therefore they are not rocks. Even this path is not a path;
+it's rubber. Unless we are very careful, your Majesty, we are all
+likely to get the bounce, just as your poor officers and Tik-Tok did."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then let's be careful," remarked Files, who was full of wisdom; but
+Polychrome wanted to test the quality of the rubber, so she began
+dancing. Every step sent her higher and higher into the air, so that
+she resembled a big butterfly fluttering lightly. Presently she made a
+great bound and bounded way across the stream, landing lightly and
+steadily on the other side.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There is no rubber over here," she called to them. "Suppose you all
+try to bound over the stream, without touching the stepping-stones."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann and her officers were reluctant to undertake such a risky
+adventure, but Betsy at once grasped the value of the suggestion and
+began jumping up and down until she found herself bounding almost as
+high as Polychrome had done. Then she suddenly leaned forward and the
+next bound took her easily across the brook, where she alighted by the
+side of the Rainbow's Daughter.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come on, Hank!" called the girl, and the donkey tried to obey. He
+managed to bound pretty high but when he tried to bound across the
+stream he misjudged the distance and fell with a splash into the middle
+of the water.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hee-haw!" he wailed, struggling toward the far bank. Betsy rushed
+forward to help him out, but when the mule stood safely beside her she
+was amazed to find he was not wet at all.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It's dry water," said Polychrome, dipping her hand into the stream and
+showing how the water fell from it and left it perfectly dry.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In that case," returned Betsy, "they can all walk through the water."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She called to Ozga and Shaggy to wade across, assuring them the water
+was shallow and would not wet them. At once they followed her advice,
+avoiding the rubber stepping stones, and made the crossing with ease.
+This encouraged the entire party to wade through the dry water, and in
+a few minutes all had assembled on the bank and renewed their journey
+along the path that led to the Nome King's dominions.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Kaliko again looked through his magic spyglass he exclaimed:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Bad luck, Your Majesty! All the invaders have passed the Rubber
+Country and now are fast approaching the entrance to your caverns."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo raved and stormed at the news and his anger was so great that
+several times, as he strode up and down his jeweled cavern, he paused
+to kick Kaliko upon his shins, which were so sensitive that the poor
+nome howled with pain. Finally the King said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There's no help for it; we must drop these audacious invaders down the
+Hollow Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko gave a jump, at this, and looked at his master wonderingly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If you do that, Your Majesty," he said, "you will make Tititi-Hoochoo
+very angry."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never mind that," retorted Ruggedo. "Tititi-Hoochoo lives on the other
+side of the world, so what do I care for his anger?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko shuddered and uttered a little groan.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Remember his terrible powers," he pleaded, "and remember that he
+warned you, the last time you slid people through the Hollow Tube, that
+if you did it again he would take vengeance upon you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Metal Monarch walked up and down in silence, thinking deeply.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of two dangers," said he, "it is wise to choose the least. What do you
+suppose these invaders want?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Let the Long-Eared Hearer listen to them," suggested Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Call him here at once!" commanded Ruggedo eagerly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So in a few minutes there entered the cavern a nome with enormous ears,
+who bowed low before the King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Strangers are approaching," said Ruggedo, "and I wish to know their
+errand. Listen carefully to their talk and tell me why they are coming
+here, and what for."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The nome bowed again and spread out his great ears, swaying them gently
+up and down and back and forth. For half an hour he stood silent, in an
+attitude of listening, while both the King and Kaliko grew impatient at
+the delay. At last the Long-Eared Hearer spoke:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shaggy Man is coming here to rescue his brother from captivity," said
+he.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ha, the Ugly One!" exclaimed Ruggedo. "Well, Shaggy Man may have his
+ugly brother, for all I care. He's too lazy to work and is always
+getting in my way. Where is the Ugly One now, Kaliko?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The last time Your Majesty stumbled over the prisoner you commanded me
+to send him to the Metal Forest, which I did. I suppose he is still
+there."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very good. The invaders will have a hard time finding the Metal
+Forest," said the King, with a grin of malicious delight, "for half the
+time I can't find it myself. Yet I created the forest and made every
+tree, out of gold and silver, so as to keep the precious metals in a
+safe place and out of the reach of mortals. But tell me, Hearer, do the
+strangers want anything else?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, indeed they do!" returned the nome. "The Army of Oogaboo is
+determined to capture all the rich metals and rare jewels in your
+kingdom, and the officers and their Queen have arranged to divide the
+spoils and carry them away."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When he heard this Ruggedo uttered a bellow of rage and began dancing
+up and down, rolling his eyes, clicking his teeth together and swinging
+his arms furiously. Then, in an ecstasy of anger he seized the long
+ears of the Hearer and pulled and twisted them cruelly; but Kaliko
+grabbed up the King's sceptre and rapped him over the knuckles with it,
+so that Ruggedo let go the ears and began to chase his Royal
+Chamberlain around the throne.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Hearer took advantage of this opportunity to slip away from the
+cavern and escape, and after the King had tired himself out chasing
+Kaliko he threw himself into his throne and panted for breath, while he
+glared wickedly at his defiant subject.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You'd better save your strength to fight the enemy," suggested Kaliko.
+"There will be a terrible battle when the Army of Oogaboo gets here."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Army won't get here," said the King, still coughing and panting.
+"I'll drop 'em down the Hollow Tube&mdash;every man Jack and every girl Jill
+of 'em!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And defy Tititi-Hoochoo?" asked Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes. Go at once to my Chief Magician and order him to turn the path
+toward the Hollow Tube, and to make the tip of the Tube invisible, so
+they'll all fall into it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko went away shaking his head, for he thought Ruggedo was making a
+great mistake. He found the Magician and had the path twisted so that
+it led directly to the opening of the Hollow Tube, and this opening he
+made invisible.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Having obeyed the orders of his master, the Royal Chamberlain went to
+his private room and began to write letters of recommendation of
+himself, stating that he was an honest man, a good servant and a small
+eater.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pretty soon," he said to himself, "I shall have to look for another
+job, for it is certain that Ruggedo has ruined himself by this reckless
+defiance of the mighty Tititi-Hoochoo. And in seeking a job nothing is
+so effective as a letter of recommendation."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap10"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Ten
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+A Terrible Tumble Through a Tube
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+I suppose that Polychrome, and perhaps Queen Ann and her Army, might
+have been able to dispel the enchantment of Ruggedo's Chief Magician
+had they known that danger lay in their pathway; for the Rainbow's
+Daughter was a fairy and as Oogaboo is a part of the Land of Oz its
+inhabitants cannot easily be deceived by such common magic as the Nome
+King could command. But no one suspected any especial danger until
+after they had entered Ruggedo's cavern, and so they were journeying
+along in quite a contented manner when Tik-Tok, who marched ahead,
+suddenly disappeared.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The officers thought he must have turned a corner, so they kept on
+their way and all of them likewise disappeared&mdash;one after another.
+Queen Ann was rather surprised at this, and in hastening forward to
+learn the reason she also vanished from sight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy Bobbin had tired her feet by walking, so she was now riding upon
+the back of the stout little mule, facing backward and talking to
+Shaggy and Polychrome, who were just behind. Suddenly Hank pitched
+forward and began falling and Betsy would have tumbled over his head
+had she not grabbed the mule's shaggy neck with both arms and held on
+for dear life.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All around was darkness, and they were not falling directly downward
+but seemed to be sliding along a steep incline. Hank's hoofs were
+resting upon some smooth substance over which he slid with the
+swiftness of the wind. Once Betsy's heels flew up and struck a similar
+substance overhead. They were, indeed, descending the "Hollow Tube"
+that led to the other side of the world.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Stop, Hank&mdash;stop!" cried the girl; but Hank only uttered a plaintive
+"Hee-haw!" for it was impossible for him to obey.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+After several minutes had passed and no harm had befallen them, Betsy
+gained courage. She could see nothing at all, nor could she hear
+anything except the rush of air past her ears as they plunged downward
+along the Tube. Whether she and Hank were alone, or the others were
+with them, she could not tell. But had some one been able to take a
+flash-light photograph of the Tube at that time a most curious picture
+would have resulted. There was Tik-Tok, flat upon his back and sliding
+headforemost down the incline. And there were the Officers of the Army
+of Oogaboo, all tangled up in a confused crowd, flapping their arms and
+trying to shield their faces from the clanking swords, which swung back
+and forth during the swift journey and pommeled everyone within their
+reach. Now followed Queen Ann, who had struck the Tube in a sitting
+position and went flying along with a dash and abandon that thoroughly
+bewildered the poor lady, who had no idea what had happened to her.
+Then, a little distance away, but unseen by the others in the inky
+darkness, slid Betsy and Hank, while behind them were Shaggy and
+Polychrome and finally Files and the Princess.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When first they tumbled into the Tube all were too dazed to think
+clearly, but the trip was a long one, because the cavity led straight
+through the earth to a place just opposite the Nome King's dominions,
+and long before the adventurers got to the end they had begun to
+recover their wits.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is awful, Hank!" cried Betsy in a loud voice, and Queen Ann heard
+her and called out: "Are you safe, Betsy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Mercy, no!" answered the little girl. "How could anyone be safe when
+she's going about sixty miles a minute?" Then, after a pause, she
+added: "But where do you s'pose we're going to, Your Maj'sty?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't ask her that, please don't!" said Shaggy, who was not too far
+away to overhear them. "And please don't ask me why, either."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why?" said Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No one can tell where we are going until we get there," replied
+Shaggy, and then he yelled "Ouch!" for Polychrome had overtaken him and
+was now sitting on his head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Rainbow's Daughter laughed merrily, and so infectious was this
+joyous laugh that Betsy echoed it and Hank said "Hee haw!" in a mild
+and sympathetic tone of voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'd like to know where and when we'll arrive, just the same,"
+exclaimed the little girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Be patient and you'll find out, my dear," said Polychrome. "But isn't
+this an odd experience? Here am I, whose home is in the skies, making a
+journey through the center of the earth&mdash;where I never expected to be!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How do you know we're in the center of the earth?" asked Betsy, her
+voice trembling a little through nervousness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, we can t be anywhere else," replied Polychrome. "I have often
+heard of this passage, which was once built by a Magician who was a
+great traveler. He thought it would save him the bother of going around
+the earth's surface, but he tumbled through the Tube so fast that he
+shot out at the other end and hit a star in the sky, which at once
+exploded."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The star exploded?" asked Betsy wonderingly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; the Magician hit it so hard."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And what became of the Magician?" inquired the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No one knows that," answered Polychrome. "But I don't think it matters
+much."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It matters a good deal, if we also hit the stars when we come out,"
+said Queen Ann, with a moan.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't worry," advised Polychrome. "I believe the Magician was going
+the other way, and probably he went much faster than we are going."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It's fast enough to suit me," remarked Shaggy, gently removing
+Polychrome's heel from his left eye. "Couldn't you manage to fall all
+by yourself, my dear?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll try," laughed the Rainbow's Daughter.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All this time they were swiftly falling through the Tube, and it was
+not so easy for them to talk as you may imagine when you read their
+words. But although they were so helpless and altogether in the dark as
+to their fate, the fact that they were able to converse at all cheered
+them, considerably.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files and Ozga were also conversing as they clung tightly to one
+another, and the young fellow bravely strove to reassure the Princess,
+although he was terribly frightened, both on her account and on his own.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+An hour, under such trying circumstances, is a very long time, and for
+more than an hour they continued their fearful journey. Then, just as
+they began to fear the Tube would never end, Tik-Tok popped out into
+broad daylight and, after making a graceful circle in the air, fell
+with a splash into a great marble fountain.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Out came the officers, in quick succession, tumbling heels over head
+and striking the ground in many undignified attitudes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For the love of sassafras!" exclaimed a Peculiar Person who was hoeing
+pink violets in a garden. "What can all this mean?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For answer, Queen Ann sailed up from the Tube, took a ride through the
+air as high as the treetops, and alighted squarely on top of the
+Peculiar Person's head, smashing a jeweled crown over his eyes and
+tumbling him to the ground.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The mule was heavier and had Betsy clinging to his back, so he did not
+go so high up. Fortunately for his little rider he struck the ground
+upon his four feet. Betsy was jarred a trifle but not hurt and when she
+looked around her she saw the Queen and the Peculiar Person struggling
+together upon the ground, where the man was trying to choke Ann and she
+had both hands in his bushy hair and was pulling with all her might.
+Some of the officers, when they got upon their feet, hastened to
+separate the combatants and sought to restrain the Peculiar Person so
+that he could not attack their Queen again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+By this time, Shaggy, Polychrome, Ozga and Files had all arrived and
+were curiously examining the strange country in which they found
+themselves and which they knew to be exactly on the opposite side of
+the world from the place where they had fallen into the Tube. It was a
+lovely place, indeed, and seemed to be the garden of some great Prince,
+for through the vistas of trees and shrubbery could be seen the towers
+of an immense castle. But as yet the only inhabitant to greet them was
+the Peculiar Person just mentioned, who had shaken off the grasp of the
+officers without effort and was now trying to pull the battered crown
+from off his eyes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy, who was always polite, helped him to do this and when the man
+was free and could see again he looked at his visitors with evident
+amazement.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, well, well!" he exclaimed. "Where did you come from and how did
+you get here?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy tried to answer him, for Queen Ann was surly and silent.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I can't say, exac'ly where we came from, 'cause I don't know the name
+of the place," said the girl, "but the way we got here was through the
+Hollow Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't call it a 'hollow' Tube, please," exclaimed the Peculiar Person
+in an irritated tone of voice. "If it's a tube, it's sure to be hollow."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because all tubes are made that way. But this Tube is private property
+and everyone is forbidden to fall into it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We didn't do it on purpose," explained Betsy, and Polychrome added: "I
+am quite sure that Ruggedo, the Nome King, pushed us down that Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ha! Ruggedo! Did you say Ruggedo?" cried the man, becoming much
+excited.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is what she said," replied Shaggy, "and I believe she is right.
+We were on our way to conquer the Nome King when suddenly we fell into
+the Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then you are enemies of Ruggedo?" inquired the peculiar Person.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not exac'ly enemies," said Betsy, a little puzzled by the question,
+"'cause we don't know him at all; but we started out to conquer him,
+which isn't as friendly as it might be."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"True," agreed the man. He looked thoughtfully from one to another of
+them for a while and then he turned his head over his shoulder and
+said: "Never mind the fire and pincers, my good brothers. It will be
+best to take these strangers to the Private Citizen."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very well, Tubekins," responded a Voice, deep and powerful, that
+seemed to come out of the air, for the speaker was invisible.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All our friends gave a jump, at this. Even Polychrome was so startled
+that her gauze draperies fluttered like a banner in a breeze. Shaggy
+shook his head and sighed; Queen Ann looked very unhappy; the officers
+clung to each other, trembling violently.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But soon they gained courage to look more closely at the Peculiar
+Person. As he was a type of all the inhabitants of this extraordinary
+land whom they afterward met, I will try to tell you what he looked
+like.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+His face was beautiful, but lacked expression. His eyes were large and
+blue in color and his teeth finely formed and white as snow. His hair
+was black and bushy and seemed inclined to curl at the ends. So far no
+one could find any fault with his appearance. He wore a robe of
+scarlet, which did not cover his arms and extended no lower than his
+bare knees. On the bosom of the robe was embroidered a terrible
+dragon's head, as horrible to look at as the man was beautiful. His
+arms and legs were left bare and the skin of one arm was bright yellow
+and the skin of the other arm a vivid green. He had one blue leg and
+one pink one, while both his feet&mdash;which showed through the open
+sandals he wore&mdash;were jet black.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy could not decide whether these gorgeous colors were dyes or the
+natural tints of the skin, but while she was thinking it over the man
+who had been called "Tubekins" said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Follow me to the Residence&mdash;all of you!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But just then a Voice exclaimed: "Here's another of them, Tubekins,
+lying in the water of the fountain."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Gracious!" cried Betsy; "it must be Tik-Tok, and he'll drown."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Water is a bad thing for his clockworks, anyhow," agreed Shaggy, as
+with one accord they all started for the fountain. But before they
+could reach it, invisible hands raised Tik-Tok from the marble basin
+and set him upon his feet beside it, water dripping from every joint of
+his copper body.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ma&mdash;ny tha&mdash;tha&mdash;tha&mdash;thanks!" he said; and then his copper jaws
+clicked together and he could say no more. He next made an attempt to
+walk but after several awkward trials found he could not move his
+joints.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Peals of jeering laughter from persons unseen greeted Tik-Tok's
+failure, and the new arrivals in this strange land found it very
+uncomfortable to realize that there were many creatures around them who
+were invisible, yet could be heard plainly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shall I wind him up?" asked Betsy, feeling very sorry for Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I think his machinery is wound; but he needs oiling," replied Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At once an oil-can appeared before him, held on a level with his eyes
+by some unseen hand. Shaggy took the can and tried to oil Tik-Tok's
+joints. As if to assist him, a strong current of warm air was directed
+against the copper man which quickly dried him. Soon he was able to say
+"Ma-ny thanks!" quite smoothly and his joints worked fairly well.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come!" commanded Tubekins, and turning his back upon them he walked up
+the path toward the castle.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shall we go?" asked Queen Ann, uncertainly; but just then she received
+a shove that almost pitched her forward on her head; so she decided to
+go. The officers who hesitated received several energetic kicks, but
+could not see who delivered them; therefore they also decided&mdash;very
+wisely&mdash;to go. The others followed willingly enough, for unless they
+ventured upon another terrible journey through the Tube they must make
+the best of the unknown country they were in, and the best seemed to be
+to obey orders.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap11"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Eleven
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Famous Fellowship of Fairies
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+After a short walk through very beautiful gardens they came to the
+castle and followed Tubekins through the entrance and into a great
+domed chamber, where he commanded them to be seated.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+From the crown which he wore, Betsy had thought this man must be the
+King of the country they were in, yet after he had seated all the
+strangers upon benches that were ranged in a semicircle before a high
+throne, Tubekins bowed humbly before the vacant throne and in a flash
+became invisible and disappeared.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The hall was an immense place, but there seemed to be no one in it
+beside themselves. Presently, however, they heard a low cough near
+them, and here and there was the faint rustling of a robe and a slight
+patter as of footsteps. Then suddenly there rang out the clear tone of
+a bell and at the sound all was changed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Gazing around the hall in bewilderment they saw that it was filled with
+hundreds of men and women, all with beautiful faces and staring blue
+eyes and all wearing scarlet robes and jeweled crowns upon their heads.
+In fact, these people seemed exact duplicates of Tubekins and it was
+difficult to find any mark by which to tell them apart.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My! what a lot of Kings and Queens!" whispered Betsy to Polychrome,
+who sat beside her and appeared much interested in the scene but not a
+bit worried.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is certainly a strange sight," was Polychrome's reply; "but I
+cannot see how there can be more than one King, or Queen, in any one
+country, for were these all rulers, no one could tell who was Master."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+One of the Kings who stood near and overheard this remark turned to her
+and said: "One who is Master of himself is always a King, if only to
+himself. In this favored land all Kings and Queens are equal, and it is
+our privilege to bow before one supreme Ruler&mdash;the Private Citizen."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who's he?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As if to answer her, the clear tones of the bell again rang out and
+instantly there appeared seated in the throne the man who was lord and
+master of all these royal ones. This fact was evident when with one
+accord they fell upon their knees and touched their foreheads to the
+floor.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Private Citizen was not unlike the others, except that his eyes
+were black instead of blue and in the centers of the black irises
+glowed red sparks that seemed like coals of fire. But his features were
+very beautiful and dignified and his manner composed and stately.
+Instead of the prevalent scarlet robe, he wore one of white, and the
+same dragon's head that decorated the others was embroidered upon its
+bosom.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What charge lies against these people, Tubekins?" he asked in quiet,
+even tones.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They came through the forbidden Tube, O Mighty Citizen," was the reply.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You see, it was this way," said Betsy. "We were marching to the Nome
+King, to conquer him and set Shaggy's brother free, when on a sudden&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who are you?" demanded the Private Citizen sternly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Me? Oh, I'm Betsy Bobbin, and&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who is the leader of this party?" asked the Citizen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Sir, I am Queen Ann of Oogaboo, and&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then keep quiet," said the Citizen. "Who is the leader?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+No one answered for a moment. Then General Bunn stood up.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Sit down!" commanded the Citizen. "I can see that sixteen of you are
+merely officers, and of no account."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But we have an Army," said General Clock, blusteringly, for he didn't
+like to be told he was of no account.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where is your Army?" asked the Citizen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It's me," said Tik-Tok, his voice sounding a little rusty. "I'm the
+on-ly Pri-vate Sol-dier in the par-ty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hearing this, the Citizen rose and bowed respectfully to the Clockwork
+Man.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pardon me for not realizing your importance before," said he. "Will
+you oblige me by taking a seat beside me on my throne?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Tik-Tok rose and walked over to the throne, all the Kings and Queens
+making way for him. Then with clanking steps he mounted the platform
+and sat on the broad seat beside the Citizen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann was greatly provoked at this mark of favor shown to the humble
+Clockwork Man, but Shaggy seemed much pleased that his old friend's
+importance had been recognized by the ruler of this remarkable country.
+The Citizen now began to question Tik-Tok, who told in his mechanical
+voice about Shaggy's quest of his lost brother, and how Ozma of Oz had
+sent the Clockwork Man to assist him, and how they had fallen in with
+Queen Ann and her people from Oogaboo. Also he told how Betsy and Hank
+and Polychrome and the Rose Princess had happened to join their party.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And you intended to conquer Ruggedo, the Metal Monarch and King of the
+Nomes?" asked the Citizen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes. That seemed the on-ly thing for us to do," was Tik-Tok's reply.
+"But he was too clev-er for us. When we got close to his cav-ern he
+made our path lead to the Tube, and made the op-en-ing in-vis-i-ble, so
+that we all fell in-to it be-fore we knew it was there. It was an eas-y
+way to get rid of us and now Rug-gedo is safe and we are far a-way in a
+strange land."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Citizen was silent a moment and seemed to be thinking. Then he said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Most noble Private Soldier, I must inform you that by the laws of our
+country anyone who comes through the Forbidden Tube must be tortured
+for nine days and ten nights and then thrown back into the Tube. But it
+is wise to disregard laws when they conflict with justice, and it seems
+that you and your followers did not disobey our laws willingly, being
+forced into the Tube by Ruggedo. Therefore the Nome King is alone to
+blame, and he alone must be punished."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That suits me," said Tik-Tok. "But Rug-ge-do is on the o-ther side of
+the world where he is a-way out of your reach."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Citizen drew himself up proudly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you imagine anything in the world or upon it can be out of the
+reach of the Great Jinjin?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh! Are you, then, the Great Jinjin?" inquired Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then your name is Ti-ti-ti-Hoo-choo?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Queen Ann gave a scream and began to tremble. Shaggy was so disturbed
+that he took out a handkerchief and wiped the perspiration from his
+brow. Polychrome looked sober and uneasy for the first time, while
+Files put his arms around the Rose Princess as if to protect her. As
+for the officers, the name of the great Jinjin set them moaning and
+weeping at a great rate and every one fell upon his knees before the
+throne, begging for mercy. Betsy was worried at seeing her companions
+so disturbed, but did not know what it was all about. Only Tik-Tok was
+unmoved at the discovery.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then," said he, "if you are Ti-ti-ti-Hoo-choo, and think Rug-ge-do is
+to blame, I am sure that some-thing queer will hap-pen to the King of
+the Nomes."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I wonder what 'twill be," said Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Private Citizen&mdash;otherwise known as Tititi-Hoochoo, the Great
+Jinjin&mdash;looked at the little girl steadily.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I will presently decide what is to happen to Ruggedo," said he in a
+hard, stern voice. Then, turning to the throng of Kings and Queens, he
+continued: "Tik-Tok has spoken truly, for his machinery will not allow
+him to lie, nor will it allow his thoughts to think falsely. Therefore
+these people are not our enemies and must be treated with consideration
+and justice. Take them to your palaces and entertain them as guests
+until to-morrow, when I command that they be brought again to my
+Residence. By then I shall have formed my plans."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+No sooner had Tititi-Hoochoo spoken than he disappeared from sight.
+Immediately after, most of the Kings and Queens likewise disappeared.
+But several of them remained visible and approached the strangers with
+great respect. One of the lovely Queens said to Betsy:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I trust you will honor me by being my guest. I am Erma, Queen of
+Light."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"May Hank come with me?" asked the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The King of Animals will care for your mule," was the reply. "But do
+not fear for him, for he will be treated royally. All of your party
+will be reunited on the morrow."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I&mdash;I'd like to have <i>some</i> one with me," said Betsy, pleadingly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Queen Erma looked around and smiled upon Polychrome.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Will the Rainbow's Daughter be an agreeable companion?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, yes!" exclaimed the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Polychrome and Betsy became guests of the Queen of Light, while
+other beautiful Kings and Queens took charge of the others of the party.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The two girls followed Erma out of the hall and through the gardens of
+the Residence to a village of pretty dwellings. None of these was so
+large or imposing as the castle of the Private Citizen, but all were
+handsome enough to be called palaces&mdash;as, in fact, they really were.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap12"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twelve
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Lovely Lady of Light
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The palace of the Queen of Light stood on a little eminence and was a
+mass of crystal windows, surmounted by a vast crystal dome. When they
+entered the portals Erma was greeted by six lovely maidens, evidently
+of high degree, who at once aroused Betsy's admiration. Each bore a
+wand in her hand, tipped with an emblem of light, and their costumes
+were also emblematic of the lights they represented. Erma introduced
+them to her guests and each made a graceful and courteous
+acknowledgment.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+First was Sunlight, radiantly beautiful and very fair; the second was
+Moonlight, a soft, dreamy damsel with nut-brown hair; next came
+Starlight, equally lovely but inclined to be retiring and shy. These
+three were dressed in shimmering robes of silvery white. The fourth was
+Daylight, a brilliant damsel with laughing eyes and frank manners, who
+wore a variety of colors. Then came Firelight, clothed in a fleecy
+flame-colored robe that wavered around her shapely form in a very
+attractive manner. The sixth maiden, Electra, was the most beautiful of
+all, and Betsy thought from the first that both Sunlight and Daylight
+regarded Electra with envy and were a little jealous of her.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But all were cordial in their greetings to the strangers and seemed to
+regard the Queen of Light with much affection, for they fluttered
+around her in a flashing, radiant group as she led the way to her regal
+drawing-room.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This apartment was richly and cosily furnished, the upholstery being of
+many tints, and both Betsy and Polychrome enjoyed resting themselves
+upon the downy divans after their strenuous adventures of the day.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Queen sat down to chat with her guests, who noticed that Daylight
+was the only maiden now seated beside Erma. The others had retired to
+another part of the room, where they sat modestly with entwined arms
+and did not intrude themselves at all.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Queen told the strangers all about this beautiful land, which is
+one of the chief residences of fairies who minister to the needs of
+mankind. So many important fairies lived there that, to avoid rivalry,
+they had elected as their Ruler the only important personage in the
+country who had no duties to mankind to perform and was, in effect, a
+Private Citizen. This Ruler, or Jinjin, as was his title, bore the name
+of Tititi-Hoochoo, and the most singular thing about him was that he
+had no heart. But instead of this he possessed a high degree of Reason
+and Justice and while he showed no mercy in his judgments he never
+punished unjustly or without reason. To wrong-doers Tititi-Hoochoo was
+as terrible as he was heartless, but those who were innocent of evil
+had nothing to fear from him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All the Kings and Queens of this fairyland paid reverence to Jinjin,
+for as they expected to be obeyed by others they were willing to obey
+the one in authority over them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The inhabitants of the Land of Oz had heard many tales of this
+fearfully just Jinjin, whose punishments were always equal to the
+faults committed. Polychrome also knew of him, although this was the
+first time she had ever seen him face to face. But to Betsy the story
+was all new, and she was greatly interested in Tititi-Hoochoo, whom she
+no longer feared.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Time sped swiftly during their talk and suddenly Betsy noticed that
+Moonlight was sitting beside the Queen of Light, instead of Daylight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But tell me, please," she pleaded, "why do you all wear a dragon's
+head embroidered on your gowns?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Erma's pleasant face became grave as she answered:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Dragon, as you must know, was the first living creature ever made;
+therefore the Dragon is the oldest and wisest of living things. By good
+fortune the Original Dragon, who still lives, is a resident of this
+land and supplies us with wisdom whenever we are in need of it. He is
+old as the world and remembers everything that has happened since the
+world was created."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Did he ever have any children?" inquired the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, many of them. Some wandered into other lands, where men, not
+understanding them, made war upon them; but many still reside in this
+country. None, however, is as wise as the Original Dragon, for whom we
+have great respect. As he was the first resident here, we wear the
+emblem of the dragon's head to show that we are the favored people who
+alone have the right to inhabit this fairyland, which in beauty almost
+equals the Fairyland of Oz, and in power quite surpasses it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I understand about the dragon, now," said Polychrome, nodding her
+lovely head. Betsy did not quite understand, but she was at present
+interested in observing the changing lights. As Daylight had given way
+to Moonlight, so now Starlight sat at the right hand of Erma the Queen,
+and with her coming a spirit of peace and content seemed to fill the
+room. Polychrome, being herself a fairy, had many questions to ask
+about the various Kings and Queens who lived in this far-away, secluded
+place, and before Erma had finished answering them a rosy glow filled
+the room and Firelight took her place beside the Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy liked Firelight, but to gaze upon her warm and glowing features
+made the little girl sleepy, and presently she began to nod. Thereupon
+Erma rose and took Betsy's hand gently in her own.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come," said she; "the feast time has arrived and the feast is spread."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's nice," exclaimed the small mortal. "Now that I think of it, I'm
+awful hungry. But p'raps I can't eat your fairy food."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Queen smiled and led her to a doorway. As she pushed aside a heavy
+drapery a flood of silvery light greeted them, and Betsy saw before her
+a splendid banquet hall, with a table spread with snowy linen and
+crystal and silver. At one side was a broad, throne-like seat for Erma
+and beside her now sat the brilliant maid Electra. Polychrome was
+placed on the Queen's right hand and Betsy upon her left. The other
+five messengers of light now waited upon them, and each person was
+supplied with just the food she liked best. Polychrome found her dish
+of dewdrops, all fresh and sparkling, while Betsy was so lavishly
+served that she decided she had never in her life eaten a dinner half
+so good.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I s'pose," she said to the Queen, "that Miss Electra is the youngest
+of all these girls."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why do you suppose that?" inquired Erma, with a smile.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"'Cause electric'ty is the newest light we know of. Didn't Mr. Edison
+discover it?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Perhaps he was the first mortal to discover it," replied the Queen.
+"But electricity was a part of the world from its creation, and
+therefore my Electra is as old as Daylight or Moonlight, and equally
+beneficent to mortals and fairies alike."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy was thoughtful for a time. Then she remarked, as she looked at
+the six messengers of light:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We couldn't very well do without any of 'em; could we?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Erma laughed softly. "<i>I</i> couldn't, I'm sure," she replied, "and I think
+mortals would miss any one of my maidens, as well. Daylight cannot take
+the place of Sunlight, which gives us strength and energy. Moonlight is
+of value when Daylight, worn out with her long watch, retires to rest.
+If the moon in its course is hidden behind the earth's rim, and my
+sweet Moonlight cannot cheer us, Starlight takes her place, for the
+skies always lend her power. Without Firelight we should miss much of
+our warmth and comfort, as well as much cheer when the walls of houses
+encompass us. But always, when other lights forsake us, our glorious
+Electra is ready to flood us with bright rays. As Queen of Light, I
+love all my maidens, for I know them to be faithful and true."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I love 'em, too!" declared Betsy. "But sometimes, when I'm <i>real</i> sleepy,
+I can get along without any light at all."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Are you sleepy now?" inquired Erma, for the feast had ended.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A little," admitted the girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Electra showed her to a pretty chamber where there was a soft, white
+bed, and waited patiently until Betsy had undressed and put on a
+shimmery silken nightrobe that lay beside her pillow. Then the
+light-maid bade her good night and opened the door.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When she closed it after her Betsy was in darkness. In six winks the
+little girl was fast asleep.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap13"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Thirteen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Jinjin's Just Judgment
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+All the adventurers were reunited next morning when they were brought
+from various palaces to the Residence of Tititi-Hoochoo and ushered
+into the great Hall of State.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As before, no one was visible except our friends and their escorts
+until the first bell sounded. Then in a flash the room was seen to be
+filled with the beautiful Kings and Queens of the land. The second bell
+marked the appearance in the throne of the mighty Jinjin, whose
+handsome countenance was as composed and expressionless as ever.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All bowed low to the Ruler. Their voices softly murmured: "We greet the
+Private Citizen, mightiest of Rulers, whose word is Law and whose Law
+is just."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Tititi-Hoochoo bowed in acknowledgment. Then, looking around the
+brilliant assemblage, and at the little group of adventurers before
+him, he said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"An unusual thing has happened. Inhabitants of other lands than ours,
+who are different from ourselves in many ways, have been thrust upon us
+through the Forbidden Tube, which one of our people foolishly made
+years ago and was properly punished for his folly. But these strangers
+had no desire to come here and were wickedly thrust into the Tube by a
+cruel King on the other side of the world, named Ruggedo. This King is
+an immortal, but he is not good. His magic powers hurt mankind more
+than they benefit them. Because he had unjustly kept the Shaggy Man's
+brother a prisoner, this little band of honest people, consisting of
+both mortals and immortals, determined to conquer Ruggedo and to punish
+him. Fearing they might succeed in this, the Nome King misled them so
+that they fell into the Tube.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Now, this same Ruggedo has been warned by me, many times, that if ever
+he used this Forbidden Tube in any way he would be severely punished. I
+find, by referring to the Fairy Records, that this King's servant, a
+nome named Kaliko, begged his master not to do such a wrong act as to
+drop these people into the Tube and send them tumbling into our
+country. But Ruggedo defied me and my orders.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Therefore these strangers are innocent of any wrong. It is only
+Ruggedo who deserves punishment, and I will punish him." He paused a
+moment and then continued in the same cold, merciless voice:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"These strangers must return through the Tube to their own side of the
+world; but I will make their fall more easy and pleasant than it was
+before. Also I shall send with them an Instrument of Vengeance, who in
+my name will drive Ruggedo from his underground caverns, take away his
+magic powers and make him a homeless wanderer on the face of the
+earth&mdash;a place he detests."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was a little murmur of horror from the Kings and Queens at the
+severity of this punishment, but no one uttered a protest, for all
+realized that the sentence was just.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In selecting my Instrument of Vengeance," went on Tititi-Hoochoo, "I
+have realized that this will be an unpleasant mission. Therefore no one
+of us who is blameless should be forced to undertake it. In this
+wonderful land it is seldom one is guilty of wrong, even in the
+slightest degree, and on examining the Records I found no King or Queen
+had erred. Nor had any among their followers or servants done any
+wrong. But finally I came to the Dragon Family, which we highly
+respect, and then it was that I discovered the error of Quox.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Quox, as you well know, is a young dragon who has not yet acquired the
+wisdom of his race. Because of this lack, he has been disrespectful
+toward his most ancient ancestor, the Original Dragon, telling him once
+to mind his own business and again saying that the Ancient One had
+grown foolish with age. We are aware that dragons are not the same as
+fairies and cannot be altogether guided by our laws, yet such
+disrespect as Quox has shown should not be unnoticed by us. Therefore I
+have selected Quox as my royal Instrument of Vengeance and he shall go
+through the Tube with these people and inflict upon Ruggedo the
+punishment I have decreed."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All had listened quietly to this speech and now the Kings and Queens
+bowed gravely to signify their approval of the Jinjin's judgment.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Tititi-Hoochoo turned to Tubekins.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I command you," said he, "to escort these strangers to the Tube and
+see that they all enter it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The King of the Tube, who had first discovered our friends and brought
+them to the Private Citizen, stepped forward and bowed. As he did so,
+the Jinjin and all the Kings and Queens suddenly disappeared and only
+Tubekins remained visible.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," said Betsy, with a sigh; "I don't mind going back so <i>very</i>
+much, 'cause the Jinjin promised to make it easy for us."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Indeed, Queen Ann and her officers were the only ones who looked solemn
+and seemed to fear the return journey. One thing that bothered Ann was
+her failure to conquer this land of Tititi-Hoochoo. As they followed
+their guide through the gardens to the mouth of the Tube she said to
+Shaggy:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How can I conquer the world, if I go away and leave this rich country
+unconquered?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You can't," he replied. "Don't ask me why, please, for if you don't
+know I can't inform you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why not?" said Ann; but Shaggy paid no attention to the question.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This end of the Tube had a silver rim and around it was a gold railing
+to which was attached a sign that read.
+</P>
+
+<PRE>
+ "IF YOU ARE OUT, STAY THERE.
+ IF YOU ARE IN, DON'T COME OUT."
+</PRE>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+On a little silver plate just inside the Tube was engraved the words:
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<PRE>
+ "Burrowed and built by
+ Hiergargo the Magician,
+ In the Year of the World
+ 1 9 6 2 5 4 7 8
+ For his own exclusive uses."
+</PRE>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+"He was some builder, I must say," remarked Betsy, when she had read
+the inscription; "but if he had known about that star I guess he'd have
+spent his time playing solitaire."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, what are we waiting for?" inquired Shaggy, who was impatient to
+start.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Quox," replied Tubekins. "But I think I hear him coming."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is the young dragon invisible?" asked Ann, who had never seen a live
+dragon and was a little fearful of meeting one.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed," replied the King of the Tube. "You'll see him in a
+minute; but before you part company I'm sure you'll wish he <i>was</i>
+invisible."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is he dangerous, then?" questioned Files.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not at all. But Quox tires me dreadfully," said Tubekins, "and I
+prefer his room to his company."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At that instant a scraping sound was heard, drawing nearer and nearer
+until from between two big bushes appeared a huge dragon, who
+approached the party, nodded his head and said: "Good morning."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Had Quox been at all bashful I am sure he would have felt uncomfortable
+at the astonished stare of every eye in the group&mdash;except Tubekins, of
+course, who was not astonished because he had seen Quox so often.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy had thought a "young" dragon must be a small dragon, yet here was
+one so enormous that the girl decided he must be full grown, if not
+overgrown. His body was a lovely sky-blue in color and it was thickly
+set with glittering silver scales, each one as big as a serving-tray.
+Around his neck was a pink ribbon with a bow just under his left ear,
+and below the ribbon appeared a chain of pearls to which was attached a
+golden locket about as large around as the end of a bass drum. This
+locket was set with many large and beautiful jewels.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The head and face of Quox were not especially ugly, when you consider
+that he was a dragon; but his eyes were so large that it took him a
+long time to wink and his teeth seemed very sharp and terrible when
+they showed, which they did whenever the beast smiled. Also his
+nostrils were quite large and wide, and those who stood near him were
+liable to smell brimstone&mdash;especially when he breathed out fire, as it
+is the nature of dragons to do. To the end of his long tail was
+attached a big electric light.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Perhaps the most singular thing about the dragon's appearance at this
+time was the fact that he had a row of seats attached to his back, one
+seat for each member of the party. These seats were double, with curved
+backs, so that two could sit in them, and there were twelve of these
+double seats, all strapped firmly around the dragon's thick body and
+placed one behind the other, in a row that extended from his shoulders
+nearly to his tail.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Aha!" exclaimed Tubekins; "I see that Tititi-Hoochoo has transformed
+Quox into a carryall."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm glad of that," said Betsy. "I hope, Mr. Dragon, you won't mind our
+riding on your back."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not a bit," replied Quox. "I'm in disgrace just now, you know, and the
+only way to redeem my good name is to obey the orders of the Jinjin. If
+he makes me a beast of burden, it is only a part of my punishment, and
+I must bear it like a dragon. I don't blame you people at all, and I
+hope you'll enjoy the ride. Hop on, please. All aboard for the other
+side of the world!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Silently they took their places. Hank sat in the front seat with Betsy,
+so that he could rest his front hoofs upon the dragon's head. Behind
+them were Shaggy and Polychrome, then Files and the Princess, and Queen
+Ann and Tik-Tok. The officers rode in the rear seats. When all had
+mounted to their places the dragon looked very like one of those
+sightseeing wagons so common in big cities&mdash;only he had legs instead of
+wheels.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All ready?" asked Quox, and when they said they were he crawled to the
+mouth of the Tube and put his head in.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Good-bye, and good luck to you!" called Tubekins; but no one thought
+to reply, because just then the dragon slid his great body into the
+Tube and the journey to the other side of the world had begun.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At first they went so fast that they could scarcely catch their
+breaths, but presently Quox slowed up and said with a sort of cackling
+laugh:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My scales! but that is some tumble. I think I shall take it easy and
+fall slower, or I'm likely to get dizzy. Is it very far to the other
+side of the world?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Haven't you ever been through this Tube before?" inquired Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never. Nor has anyone else in our country; at least, not since I was
+born."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How long ago was that?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That I was born? Oh, not very long ago. I'm only a mere child. If I
+had not been sent on this journey, I would have celebrated my three
+thousand and fifty-sixth birthday next Thursday. Mother was going to
+make me a birthday cake with three thousand and fifty-six candles on
+it; but now, of course, there will be no celebration, for I fear I
+shall not get home in time for it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Three thousand and fifty-six years!" cried Betsy. "Why, I had no idea
+anything could live that long!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My respected Ancestor, whom I would call a stupid old humbug if I had
+not reformed, is so old that I am a mere baby compared with him," said
+Quox. "He dates from the beginning of the world, and insists on telling
+us stories of things that happened fifty thousand years ago, which are
+of no interest at all to youngsters like me. In fact, Grandpa isn't up
+to date. He lives altogether in the past, so I can't see any good
+reason for his being alive to-day.... Are you people able to see your
+way, or shall I turn on more light?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, we can see very nicely, thank you; only there's nothing to see but
+ourselves," answered Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This was true. The dragon's big eyes were like headlights on an
+automobile and illuminated the Tube far ahead of them. Also he curled
+his tail upward so that the electric light on the end of it enabled
+them to see one another quite clearly. But the Tube itself was only
+dark metal, smooth as glass but exactly the same from one of its ends
+to the other. Therefore there was no scenery of interest to beguile the
+journey.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They were now falling so gently that the trip was proving entirely
+comfortable, as the Jinjin had promised it would be; but this meant a
+longer journey and the only way they could make time pass was to engage
+in conversation. The dragon seemed a willing and persistent talker and
+he was of so much interest to them that they encouraged him to chatter.
+His voice was a little gruff but not unpleasant when one became used to
+it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My only fear," said he presently, "is that this constant sliding over
+the surface of the Tube will dull my claws. You see, this hole isn't
+straight down, but on a steep slant, and so instead of tumbling freely
+through the air I must skate along the Tube. Fortunately, there is a
+file in my tool-kit, and if my claws get dull they can be sharpened
+again."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why do you want sharp claws?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They are my natural weapons, and you must not forget that I have been
+sent to conquer Ruggedo."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, you needn't mind about that," remarked Queen Ann, in her most
+haughty manner; "for when we get to Ruggedo I and my invincible Army
+can conquer him without your assistance."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very good," returned the dragon, cheerfully. "That will save me a lot
+of bother&mdash;if you succeed. But I think I shall file my claws, just the
+same."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He gave a long sigh, as he said this, and a sheet of flame, several
+feet in length, shot from his mouth. Betsy shuddered and Hank said
+"Hee-haw!" while some of the officers screamed in terror. But the
+dragon did not notice that he had done anything unusual.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is there fire inside of you?" asked Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," answered Quox. "What sort of a dragon would I be if my
+fire went out?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What keeps it going?" Betsy inquired.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I've no idea. I only know it's there," said Quox. "The fire keeps me
+alive and enables me to move; also to think and speak."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ah! You are ver-y much like my-self," said Tik-Tok. "The on-ly
+dif-fer-ence is that I move by clock-work, while you move by fire."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't see a particle of likeness between us, I must confess,"
+retorted Quox, gruffly. "You are not a live thing; you're a dummy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But I can do things, you must ad-mit," said Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, when you are wound up," sneered the dragon. "But if you run down,
+you are helpless."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What would happen to you, Quox, if you ran out of gasoline?" inquired
+Shaggy, who did not like this attack upon his friend.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't use gasoline."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, suppose you ran out of fire."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's the use of supposing that?" asked Quox. "My
+great-great-great-grandfather has lived since the world began, and he
+has never once run out of fire to keep him going. But I will confide to
+you that as he gets older he shows more smoke and less fire. As for
+Tik-Tok, he's well enough in his way, but he's merely copper. And the
+Metal Monarch knows copper through and through. I wouldn't be surprised
+if Ruggedo melted Tik-Tok in one of his furnaces and made copper
+pennies of him."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In that case, I would still keep going," remarked Tik-Tok, calmly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pennies do," said Betsy regretfully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is all nonsense," said the Queen, with irritation. "Tik-Tok is my
+great Army&mdash;all but the officers&mdash;and I believe he will be able to
+conquer Ruggedo with ease. What do you think, Polychrome?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You might let him try," answered the Rainbow's Daughter, with her
+sweet ringing laugh, that sounded like the tinkling of tiny bells. "And
+if Tik-Tok fails, you have still the big fire-breathing dragon to fall
+back on."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ah!" said the dragon, another sheet of flame gushing from his mouth
+and nostrils; "it's a wise little girl, this Polychrome. Anyone would
+know she is a fairy."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap14"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Fourteen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Long-Eared Hearer Learns by Listening
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+During this time Ruggedo, the Metal Monarch and King of the Nomes, was
+trying to amuse himself in his splendid jeweled cavern. It was hard
+work for Ruggedo to find amusement to-day, for all the nomes were
+behaving well and there was no one to scold or to punish. The King had
+thrown his sceptre at Kaliko six times, without hitting him once. Not
+that Kaliko had done anything wrong. On the contrary, he had obeyed the
+King in every way but one: he would not stand still, when commanded to
+do so, and let the heavy sceptre strike him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+We can hardly blame Kaliko for this, and even the cruel Ruggedo forgave
+him; for he knew very well that if he mashed his Royal Chamberlain he
+could never find another so intelligent and obedient. Kaliko could make
+the nomes work when their King could not, for the nomes hated Ruggedo
+and there were so many thousands of the quaint little underground
+people that they could easily have rebelled and defied the King had
+they dared to do so. Sometimes, when Ruggedo abused them worse than
+usual, they grew sullen and threw down their hammers and picks. Then,
+however hard the King scolded or whipped them, they would not work
+until Kaliko came and begged them to. For Kaliko was one of themselves
+and was as much abused by the King as any nome in the vast series of
+caverns.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But to-day all the little people were working industriously at their
+tasks and Ruggedo, having nothing to do, was greatly bored. He sent for
+the Long-Eared Hearer and asked him to listen carefully and report what
+was going on in the big world.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It seems," said the Hearer, after listening for awhile, "that the
+women in America have clubs."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Are there spikes in them?" asked Ruggedo, yawning.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I cannot hear any spikes, Your Majesty," was the reply.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then their clubs are not as good as my sceptre. What else do you hear?'
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There's a war.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Bah! there's always a war. What else?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For a time the Hearer was silent, bending forward and spreading out his
+big ears to catch the slightest sound. Then suddenly he said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Here is an interesting thing, Your Majesty. These people are arguing
+as to who shall conquer the Metal Monarch, seize his treasure and drive
+him from his dominions."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What people?" demanded Ruggedo, sitting up straight in his throne.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The ones you threw down the Hollow Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where are they now?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In the same Tube, and coming back this way," said the Hearer.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo got out of his throne and began to pace up and down the cavern.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I wonder what can be done to stop them," he mused.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well," said the Hearer, "if you could turn the Tube upside down, they
+would be falling the other way, Your Majesty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo glared at him wickedly, for it was impossible to turn the Tube
+upside down and he believed the Hearer was slyly poking fun at him.
+Presently he asked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How far away are those people now?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"About nine thousand three hundred and six miles, seventeen furlongs,
+eight feet and four inches&mdash;as nearly as I can judge from the sound of
+their voices," replied the Hearer.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Aha! Then it will be some time before they arrive," said Ruggedo, "and
+when they get here I shall be ready to receive them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He rushed to his gong and pounded upon it so fiercely that Kaliko came
+bounding into the cavern with one shoe off and one shoe on, for he was
+just dressing himself after a swim in the hot bubbling lake of the
+Underground Kingdom.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Kaliko, those invaders whom we threw down the Tube are coming back
+again!" he exclaimed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I thought they would," said the Royal Chamberlain, pulling on the
+other shoe. "Tititi-Hoochoo would not allow them to remain in his
+kingdom, of course, and so I've been expecting them back for some time.
+That was a very foolish action of yours, Rug."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What, to throw them down the Tube?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes. Tititi-Hoochoo has forbidden us to throw even rubbish into the
+Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pooh! what do I care for the Jinjin?" asked Ruggedo scornfully. "He
+never leaves his own kingdom, which is on the other side of the world."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"True; but he might send some one through the Tube to punish you,"
+suggested Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'd like to see him do it! Who could conquer my thousands of nomes?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, they've been conquered before, if I remember aright," answered
+Kaliko with a grin. "Once I saw you running from a little girl named
+Dorothy, and her friends, as if you were really afraid."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, I <i>was</i> afraid, that time," admitted the Nome King, with a deep
+sigh, "for Dorothy had a Yellow Hen that laid eggs!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The King shuddered as he said "eggs," and Kaliko also shuddered, and so
+did the Long-Eared Hearer; for eggs are the only things that the nomes
+greatly dread. The reason for this is that eggs belong on the earth's
+surface, where birds and fowl of all sorts live, and there is something
+about a hen's egg, especially, that fills a nome with horror. If by
+chance the inside of an egg touches one of these underground people, he
+withers up and blows away and that is the end of him&mdash;unless he manages
+quickly to speak a magical word which only a few of the nomes know.
+Therefore Ruggedo and his followers had very good cause to shudder at
+the mere mention of eggs.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But Dorothy," said the King, "is not with this band of invaders; nor
+is the Yellow Hen. As for Tititi-Hoochoo, he has no means of knowing
+that we are afraid of eggs."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You mustn't be too sure of that," Kaliko warned him. "Tititi-Hoochoo
+knows a great many things, being a fairy, and his powers are far
+superior to any we can boast."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo shrugged impatiently and turned to the Hearer.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Listen," said he, "and tell me if you hear any eggs coming through the
+Tube."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Long-Eared one listened and then shook his head. But Kaliko laughed
+at the King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No one can hear an egg, Your Majesty," said he. "The only way to
+discover the truth is to look through the Magic Spyglass."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's it!" cried the King. "Why didn't I think of it before? Look at
+once, Kaliko!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Kaliko went to the Spyglass and by uttering a mumbled charm he
+caused the other end of it to twist around, so that it pointed down the
+opening of the Tube. Then he put his eye to the glass and was able to
+gaze along all the turns and windings of the Magic Spyglass and then
+deep into the Tube, to where our friends were at that time falling.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Dear me!" he exclaimed. "Here comes a dragon."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A big one?" asked Ruggedo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A monster. He has an electric light on the end of his tail, so I can
+see him very plainly. And the other people are all riding upon his
+back."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How about the eggs?" inquired the King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko looked again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I can see no eggs at all," said he; "but I imagine that the dragon is
+as dangerous as eggs. Probably Tititi-Hoochoo has sent him here to
+punish you for dropping those strangers into the Forbidden Tube. I
+warned you not to do it, Your Majesty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This news made the Nome King anxious. For a few minutes he paced up and
+down, stroking his long beard and thinking with all his might. After
+this he turned to Kaliko and said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All the harm a dragon can do is to scratch with his claws and bite
+with his teeth."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is not all, but it's quite enough," returned Kaliko earnestly.
+"On the other hand, no one can hurt a dragon, because he's the toughest
+creature alive. One flop of his huge tail could smash a hundred nomes
+to pancakes, and with teeth and claws he could tear even you or me into
+small bits, so that it would be almost impossible to put us together
+again. Once, a few hundred years ago, while wandering through some
+deserted caverns, I came upon a small piece of a nome lying on the
+rocky floor. I asked the piece of nome what had happened to it.
+Fortunately the mouth was a part of this piece&mdash;the mouth and the left
+eye&mdash;so it was able to tell me that a fierce dragon was the cause. It
+had attacked the poor nome and scattered him in every direction, and as
+there was no friend near to collect his pieces and put him together,
+they had been separated for a great many years. So you see, Your
+Majesty, it is not in good taste to sneer at a dragon."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The King had listened attentively to Kaliko. Said he:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It will only be necessary to chain this dragon which Tititi-Hoochoo
+has sent here, in order to prevent his reaching us with his claws and
+teeth."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He also breathes flames," Kaliko reminded him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My nomes are not afraid of fire, nor am I," said Ruggedo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, how about the Army of Oogaboo?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Sixteen cowardly officers and Tik-Tok! Why, I could defeat them
+single-handed; but I won't try to. I'll summon my army of nomes to
+drive the invaders out of my territory, and if we catch any of them I
+intend to stick needles into them until they hop with pain."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hope you won't hurt any of the girls," said Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll hurt 'em all!" roared the angry Metal Monarch. "And that braying
+Mule I'll make into hoof-soup, and feed it to my nomes, that it may add
+to their strength."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why not be good to the strangers and release your prisoner, the Shaggy
+Man's brother?" suggested Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It may save you a lot of annoyance. And you don't want the Ugly One."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't want him; that's true. But I won't allow anybody to order me
+around. I'm King of the Nomes and I'm the Metal Monarch, and I shall do
+as I please and what I please and when I please!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+With this speech Ruggedo threw his sceptre at Kaliko's head, aiming it
+so well that the Royal Chamberlain had to fall flat upon the floor in
+order to escape it. But the Hearer did not see the sceptre coming and
+it swept past his head so closely that it broke off the tip of one of
+his long ears. He gave a dreadful yell that quite startled Ruggedo, and
+the King was sorry for the accident because those long ears of the
+Hearer were really valuable to him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So the Nome King forgot to be angry with Kaliko and ordered his
+Chamberlain to summon General Guph and the army of nomes and have them
+properly armed. They were then to march to the mouth of the Tube, where
+they could seize the travelers as soon as they appeared.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap15"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Fifteen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Dragon Defies Danger
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Although the journey through the Tube was longer, this time, than
+before, it was so much more comfortable that none of our friends minded
+it at all. They talked together most of the time and as they found the
+dragon good-natured and fond of the sound of his own voice they soon
+became well acquainted with him and accepted him as a companion.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You see," said Shaggy, in his frank way, "Quox is on our side, and
+therefore the dragon is a good fellow. If he happened to be an enemy,
+instead of a friend, I am sure I should dislike him very much, for his
+breath smells of brimstone, he is very conceited and he is so strong
+and fierce that he would prove a dangerous foe."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, indeed," returned Quox, who had listened to this speech with
+pleasure; "I suppose I am about as terrible as any living thing. I am
+glad you find me conceited, for that proves I know my good qualities.
+As for my breath smelling of brimstone, I really can't help it, and I
+once met a man whose breath smelled of onions, which I consider far
+worse."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't," said Betsy; "I love onions.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And I love brimstone," declared the dragon, "so don't let us quarrel
+over one another's peculiarities."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Saying this, he breathed a long breath and shot a flame fifty feet from
+his mouth. The brimstone made Betsy cough, but she remembered about the
+onions and said nothing.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They had no idea how far they had gone through the center of the earth,
+nor when to expect the trip to end. At one time the little girl
+remarked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I wonder when we'll reach the bottom of this hole. And isn't it funny,
+Shaggy Man, that what is the bottom to us now, was the top when we fell
+the other way?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What puzzles me," said Files, "is that we are able to fall both ways."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That," announced Tik-Tok, "is be-cause the world is round."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Exactly," responded Shaggy. "The machinery in your head is in fine
+working order, Tik-Tok. You know, Betsy, that there is such a thing as
+the Attraction of Gravitation, which draws everything toward the center
+of the earth. That is why we fall out of bed, and why everything clings
+to the surface of the earth."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then why doesn't everything go on down to the center of the earth?"
+inquired the little girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I was afraid you were going to ask me that," replied Shaggy in a sad
+tone. "The reason, my dear, is that the earth is so solid that other
+solid things can't get through it. But when there's a hole, as there is
+in this case, we drop right down to the center of the world."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why don't we stop there?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because we go so fast that we acquire speed enough to carry us right
+up to the other end."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't understand that, and it makes my head ache to try to figure it
+out," she said after some thought. "One thing draws us to the center
+and another thing pushes us away from it. But&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't ask me why, please," interrupted the Shaggy Man. "If you can't
+understand it, let it go at that."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do <i>you</i> understand it?" she inquired.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All the magic isn't in fairyland," he said gravely. "There's lots of
+magic in all Nature, and you may see it as well in the United States,
+where you and I once lived, as you can here."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I never did," she replied.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because you were so used to it all that you didn't realize it was
+magic. Is anything more wonderful than to see a flower grow and
+blossom, or to get light out of the electricity in the air? The cows
+that manufacture milk for us must have machinery fully as remarkable as
+that in Tik-Tok's copper body, and perhaps you've noticed that&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+And then, before Shaggy could finish his speech, the strong light of
+day suddenly broke upon them, grew brighter, and completely enveloped
+them. The dragon's claws no longer scraped against the metal Tube, for
+he shot into the open air a hundred feet or more and sailed so far away
+from the slanting hole that when he landed it was on the peak of a
+mountain and just over the entrance to the many underground caverns of
+the Nome King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Some of the officers tumbled off their seats when Quox struck the
+ground, but most of the dragon's passengers only felt a slight jar. All
+were glad to be on solid earth again and they at once dismounted and
+began to look about them. Queerly enough, as soon as they had left the
+dragon, the seats that were strapped to the monster's back disappeared,
+and this probably happened because there was no further use for them
+and because Quox looked far more dignified in just his silver scales.
+Of course he still wore the forty yards of ribbon around his neck, as
+well as the great locket, but these only made him look "dressed up," as
+Betsy remarked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now the army of nomes had gathered thickly around the mouth of the
+Tube, in order to be ready to capture the band of invaders as soon as
+they popped out. There were, indeed, hundreds of nomes assembled, and
+they were led by Guph, their most famous General. But they did not
+expect the dragon to fly so high, and he shot out of the Tube so
+suddenly that it took them by surprise. When the nomes had rubbed the
+astonishment out of their eyes and regained their wits, they discovered
+the dragon quietly seated on the mountainside far above their heads,
+while the other strangers were standing in a group and calmly looking
+down upon them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+General Guph was very angry at the escape, which was no one's fault but
+his own.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come down here and be captured!" he shouted, waving his sword at them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come up here and capture us&mdash;if you dare!" replied Queen Ann, who was
+winding up the clockwork of her Private Soldier, so he could fight more
+briskly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Guph's first answer was a roar of rage at the defiance; then he turned
+and issued a command to his nomes. These were all armed with sharp
+spears and with one accord they raised these spears and threw them
+straight at their foes, so that they rushed through the air in a
+perfect cloud of flying weapons.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Some damage might have been done had not the dragon quickly crawled
+before the others, his body being so big that it shielded every one of
+them, including Hank. The spears rattled against the silver scales of
+Quox and then fell harmlessly to the ground. They were magic spears, of
+course, and all straightway bounded back into the hands of those who
+had thrown them, but even Guph could see that it was useless to repeat
+the attack.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was now Queen Ann's turn to attack, so the Generals yelled
+"For&mdash;ward march!" and the Colonels and Majors and Captains repeated
+the command and the valiant Army of Oogaboo, which seemed to be
+composed mainly of Tik-Tok, marched forward in single column toward the
+nomes, while Betsy and Polychrome cheered and Hank gave a loud
+"Hee-haw!" and Shaggy shouted "Hooray!" and Queen Ann screamed: "At
+'em, Tik-Tok&mdash;at 'em!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The nomes did not await the Clockwork Man's attack but in a twinkling
+disappeared into the underground caverns. They made a great mistake in
+being so hasty, for Tik-Tok had not taken a dozen steps before he
+stubbed his copper toe on a rock and fell flat to the ground, where he
+cried: "Pick me up! Pick me up! Pick me up!" until Shaggy and Files ran
+forward and raised him to his feet again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The dragon chuckled softly to himself as he scratched his left ear with
+his hind claw, but no one was paying much attention to Quox just then.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was evident to Ann and her officers that there could be no fighting
+unless the enemy was present, and in order to find the enemy they must
+boldly enter the underground Kingdom of the nomes. So bold a step
+demanded a council of war.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't you think I'd better drop in on Ruggedo and obey the orders of
+the Jinjin?" asked Quox.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"By no means!" returned Queen Ann. "We have already put the army of
+nomes to flight and all that yet remains is to force our way into those
+caverns, and conquer the Nome King and all his people."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That seems to me something of a job," said the dragon, closing his
+eyes sleepily. "But go ahead, if you like, and I'll wait here for you.
+Don't be in any hurry on my account. To one who lives thousands of
+years the delay of a few days means nothing at all, and I shall
+probably sleep until the time comes for me to act."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann was provoked at this speech.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You may as well go back to Tititi-Hoochoo now," she said, "for the
+Nome King is as good as conquered already."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But Quox shook his head. "No," said he; "I'll wait."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap16"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Sixteen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Naughty Nome
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy Man had said nothing during the conversation between Queen Ann
+and Quox, for the simple reason that he did not consider the matter
+worth an argument. Safe within his pocket reposed the Love Magnet,
+which had never failed to win every heart. The nomes, he knew, were not
+like the heartless Roses and therefore could be won to his side as soon
+as he exhibited the magic talisman.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy's chief anxiety had been to reach Ruggedo's Kingdom and now that
+the entrance lay before him he was confident he would be able to rescue
+his lost brother. Let Ann and the dragon quarrel as to who should
+conquer the nomes, if they liked; Shaggy would let them try, and if
+they failed he had the means of conquest in his own pocket.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But Ann was positive she could not fail, for she thought her Army could
+do anything. So she called the officers together and told them how to
+act, and she also instructed Tik-Tok what to do and what to say.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Please do not shoot your gun except as a last resort," she added, "for
+I do not wish to be cruel or to shed any blood&mdash;unless it is absolutely
+necessary."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," replied Tik-Tok; "but I do not think Rug-ge-do would bleed
+if I filled him full of holes and put him in a ci-der press."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then the officers fell in line, the four Generals abreast and then the
+four Colonels and the four Majors and the four Captains. They drew
+their glittering swords and commanded Tik-Tok to march, which he did.
+Twice he fell down, being tripped by the rough rocks, but when he
+struck the smooth path he got along better. Into the gloomy mouth of
+the cavern entrance he stepped without hesitation, and after him
+proudly pranced the officers and Queen Ann. The others held back a
+little, waiting to see what would happen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Of course the Nome King knew they were coming and was prepared to
+receive them. Just within the rocky passage that led to the jeweled
+throne-room was a deep pit, which was usually covered. Ruggedo had
+ordered the cover removed and it now stood open, scarcely visible in
+the gloom.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The pit was so large around that it nearly filled the passage and there
+was barely room for one to walk around it by pressing close to the rock
+walls. This Tik-Tok did, for his copper eyes saw the pit clearly and he
+avoided it; but the officers marched straight into the hole and tumbled
+in a heap on the bottom. An instant later Queen Ann also walked into
+the pit, for she had her chin in the air and was careless where she
+placed her feet. Then one of the nomes pulled a lever which replaced
+the cover on the pit and made the officers of Oogaboo and their Queen
+fast prisoners.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As for Tik-Tok, he kept straight on to the cavern where Ruggedo sat in
+his throne and there he faced the Nome King and said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I here-by con-quer you in the name of Queen Ann So-forth of Oo-ga-boo,
+whose Ar-my I am, and I de-clare that you are her pris-on-er!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo laughed at him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where is this famous Queen?" he asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"She'll be here in a min-ute," said Tik-Tok. "Per-haps she stopped to
+tie her shoe-string."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Now, see here, Tik-Tok," began the Nome King, in a stern voice, "I've
+had enough of this nonsense. Your Queen and her officers are all
+prisoners, having fallen into my power, so perhaps you'll tell me what
+you mean to do."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My or-ders were to con-quer you," replied Tik-Tok, "and my
+ma-chin-er-y has done the best it knows how to car-ry out those
+or-ders."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo pounded on his gong and Kaliko appeared, followed closely by
+General Guph.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Take this copper man into the shops and set him to work hammering
+gold," commanded the King. "Being run by machinery he ought to be a
+steady worker. He ought never to have been made, but since he exists I
+shall hereafter put him to good use."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If you try to cap-ture me," said Tik-Tok, "I shall fight."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't do that!" exclaimed General Guph, earnestly, "for it will be
+useless to resist and you might hurt some one."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But Tik-Tok raised his gun and took aim and not knowing what damage the
+gun might do the nomes were afraid to face it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+While he was thus defying the Nome King and his high officials, Betsy
+Bobbin rode calmly into the royal cavern, seated upon the back of Hank
+the mule. The little girl had grown tired of waiting for "something to
+happen" and so had come to see if Ruggedo had been conquered.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Nails and nuggets!" roared the King; "how dare you bring that beast
+here and enter my presence unannounced?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There wasn't anybody to announce me," replied Betsy. "I guess your
+folks were all busy. Are you conquered yet?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No!" shouted the King, almost beside himself with rage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then please give me something to eat, for I'm awful hungry," said the
+girl. "You see, this conquering business is a good deal like waiting
+for a circus parade; it takes a long time to get around and don't
+amount to much anyhow."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The nomes were so much astonished at this speech that for a time they
+could only glare at her silently, not finding words to reply. The King
+finally recovered the use of his tongue and said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Earth-crawler! this insolence to my majesty shall be your
+death-warrant. You are an ordinary mortal, and to stop a mortal from
+living is so easy a thing to do that I will not keep you waiting half
+so long as you did for my conquest."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'd rather you wouldn't stop me from living," remarked Betsy, getting
+off Hank's back and standing beside him. "And it would be a pretty
+cheap King who killed a visitor while she was hungry. If you'll give me
+something to eat, I'll talk this killing business over with you
+afterward; only, I warn you now that I don't approve of it, and never
+will."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Her coolness and lack of fear impressed the Nome King, although he bore
+an intense hatred toward all mortals.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What do you wish to eat?" he asked gruffly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, a ham-sandwich would do, or perhaps a couple of hard-boiled eggs&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Eggs!" shrieked the three nomes who were present, shuddering till
+their teeth chattered.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's the matter?" asked Betsy wonderingly. "Are eggs as high here as
+they are at home?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Guph," said the King in an agitated voice, turning to his General,
+"let us destroy this rash mortal at once! Seize her and take her to the
+Slimy Cave and lock her in."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Guph glanced at Tik-Tok, whose gun was still pointed, but just then
+Kaliko stole softly behind the copper man and kicked his knee-joints so
+that they suddenly bent forward and tumbled Tik-Tok to the floor, his
+gun falling from his grasp.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then Guph, seeing Tik-Tok helpless, made a grab at Betsy. At the same
+time Hank's heels shot out and caught the General just where his belt
+was buckled. He rose into the air swift as a cannon-ball, struck the
+Nome King fairly and flattened his Majesty against the wall of rock on
+the opposite side of the cavern. Together they fell to the floor in a
+dazed and crumpled condition, seeing which Kaliko whispered to Betsy:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come with me&mdash;quick!&mdash;and I will save you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She looked into Kaliko's face inquiringly and thought he seemed honest
+and good-natured, so she decided to follow him. He led her and the mule
+through several passages and into a small cavern very nicely and
+comfortably furnished.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is my own room," said he, "but you are quite welcome to use it.
+Wait here a minute and I'll get you something to eat."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Kaliko returned he brought a tray containing some broiled
+mushrooms, a loaf of mineral bread and some petroleum-butter. The
+butter Betsy could not eat, but the bread was good and the mushrooms
+delicious.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Here's the door key," said Kaliko, "and you'd better lock yourself in."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Won't you let Polychrome and the Rose Princess come here, too?" she
+asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll see. Where are they?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't know. I left them outside," said Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, if you hear three raps on the door, open it," said Kaliko; "but
+don't let anyone in unless they give the three raps."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," promised Betsy, and when Kaliko left the cosy cavern she
+closed and locked the door.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the meantime Ann and her officers, finding themselves prisoners in
+the pit, had shouted and screamed until they were tired out, but no one
+had come to their assistance. It was very dark and damp in the pit and
+they could not climb out because the walls were higher than their heads
+and the cover was on. The Queen was first angry and then annoyed and
+then discouraged; but the officers were only afraid. Every one of the
+poor fellows heartily wished he was back in Oogaboo caring for his
+orchard, and some were so unhappy that they began to reproach Ann for
+causing them all this trouble and danger.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Finally the Queen sat down on the bottom of the pit and leaned her back
+against the wall. By good luck her sharp elbow touched a secret spring
+in the wall and a big flat rock swung inward. Ann fell over backward,
+but the next instant she jumped up and cried to the others:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A passage! A passage! Follow me, my brave men, and we may yet escape."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then she began to crawl through the passage, which was as dark and dank
+as the pit, and the officers followed her in single file. They crawled,
+and they crawled, and they kept on crawling, for the passage was not
+big enough to allow them to stand upright. It turned this way and
+twisted that, sometimes like a corkscrew and sometimes zigzag, but
+seldom ran for long in a straight line.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It will never end&mdash;never!" moaned the officers, who were rubbing all
+the skin off their knees on the rough rocks.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It <i>must</i> end," retorted Ann courageously, "or it never would have been
+made. We don't know where it will lead us to, but any place is better
+than that loathsome pit."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So she crawled on, and the officers crawled on, and while they were
+crawling through this awful underground passage Polychrome and Shaggy
+and Files and the Rose Princess, who were standing outside the entrance
+to Ruggedo's domains, were wondering what had become of them.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap17"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Seventeen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+A Tragic Transformation
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+"Don't let us worry," said Shaggy to his companions, "for it may take
+the Queen some time to conquer the Metal Monarch, as Tik-Tok has to do
+everything in his slow, mechanical way."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you suppose they are likely to fail?" asked the Rose Princess.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I do, indeed," replied Shaggy. "This Nome King is really a powerful
+fellow and has a legion of nomes to assist him, whereas our bold Queen
+commands a Clockwork Man and a band of faint-hearted officers."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"She ought to have let Quox do the conquering," said Polychrome,
+dancing lightly upon a point of rock and fluttering her beautiful
+draperies. "But perhaps the dragon was wise to let her go first, for
+when she fails to conquer Ruggedo she may become more modest in her
+ambitions."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where is the dragon now?" inquired Ozga.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Up there on the rocks," replied Files. "Look, my dear; you may see him
+from here. He said he would take a little nap while we were mixing up
+with Ruggedo, and he added that after we had gotten into trouble he
+would wake up and conquer the Nome King in a jiffy, as his master the
+Jinjin has ordered him to do."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Quox means well," said Shaggy, "but I do not think we shall need his
+services; for just as soon as I am satisfied that Queen Ann and her
+army have failed to conquer Ruggedo, I shall enter the caverns and show
+the King my Love Magnet. That he cannot resist; therefore the conquest
+will be made with ease."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This speech of Shaggy Man's was overheard by the Long-Eared Hearer, who
+was at that moment standing by Ruggedo's side. For when the King and
+Guph had recovered from Hank's kick and had picked themselves up, their
+first act was to turn Tik-Tok on his back and put a heavy diamond on
+top of him, so that he could not get up again. Then they carefully put
+his gun in a corner of the cavern and the King sent Guph to fetch the
+Long-Eared Hearer.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Hearer was still angry at Ruggedo for breaking his ear, but he
+acknowledged the Nome King to be his master and was ready to obey his
+commands. Therefore he repeated Shaggy's speech to the King, who at
+once realized that his Kingdom was in grave danger. For Ruggedo knew of
+the Love Magnet and its powers and was horrified at the thought that
+Shaggy might show him the magic talisman and turn all the hatred in his
+heart into love. Ruggedo was proud of his hatred and abhorred love of
+any sort.
+</P>
+
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+"Really," said he, "I'd rather be conquered and lose my wealth and my
+Kingdom than gaze at that awful Love Magnet. What can I do to prevent
+the Shaggy Man from taking it out of his pocket?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko returned to the cavern in time to overhear this question, and
+being a loyal nome and eager to serve his King, he answered by saying:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If we can manage to bind the Shaggy Man's arms, tight to his body, he
+could not get the Love Magnet out of his pocket."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"True!" cried the King in delight at this easy solution of the problem.
+"Get at once a dozen nomes, with ropes, and place them in the passage
+where they can seize and bind Shaggy as soon as he enters."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This Kaliko did, and meanwhile the watchers outside the entrance were
+growing more and more uneasy about their friends.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't worry so much about the Oogaboo people," said Polychrome, who
+had grown sober with waiting, and perhaps a little nervous, "for they
+could not be killed, even though Ruggedo might cause them much
+suffering and perhaps destroy them utterly. But we should not have
+allowed Betsy and Hank to go alone into the caverns. The little girl is
+mortal and possesses no magic powers whatever, so if Ruggedo captures
+her she will be wholly at his mercy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is indeed true," replied Shaggy. "I wouldn't like to have
+anything happen to dear little Betsy, so I believe I'll go in right
+away and put an end to all this worry."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We may as well go with you," asserted Files, "for by means of the Love
+Magnet, you can soon bring the Nome King to reason."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So it was decided to wait no longer. Shaggy walked through the entrance
+first, and after him came the others. They had no thought of danger to
+themselves, and Shaggy, who was going along with his hands thrust into
+his pockets, was much surprised when a rope shot out from the darkness
+and twined around his body, pinning down his arms so securely that he
+could not even withdraw his hands from the pockets. Then appeared
+several grinning nomes, who speedily tied knots in the ropes and then
+led the prisoner along the passage to the cavern. No attention was paid
+to the others, but Files and the Princess followed on after Shaggy,
+determined not to desert their friend and hoping that an opportunity
+might arise to rescue him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As for Polychrome, as soon as she saw that trouble had overtaken Shaggy
+she turned and ran lightly back through the passage and out of the
+entrance. Then she easily leaped from rock to rock until she paused
+beside the great dragon, who lay fast asleep.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Wake up, Quox!" she cried. "It is time for you to act."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But Quox did not wake up. He lay as one in a trance, absolutely
+motionless, with his enormous eyes tight closed. The eyelids had big
+silver scales on them, like all the rest of his body.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome might have thought Quox was dead had she not known that
+dragons do not die easily or had she not observed his huge body
+swelling as he breathed. She picked up a piece of rock and pounded
+against his eyelids with it, saying:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Wake up, Quox&mdash;wake up!" But he would not waken.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Dear me, how unfortunate!" sighed the lovely Rainbow's Daughter. "I
+wonder what is the best and surest way to waken a dragon. All our
+friends may be captured and destroyed while this great beast lies
+asleep."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She walked around Quox two or three times, trying to discover some
+tender place on his body where a thump or a punch might be felt; but he
+lay extended along the rocks with his chin flat upon the ground and his
+legs drawn underneath his body, and all that one could see was his
+thick sky-blue skin&mdash;thicker than that of a rhinoceros&mdash;and his silver
+scales.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then, despairing at last of wakening the beast, and worried over the
+fate of her friends, Polychrome again ran down to the entrance and
+hurried along the passage into the Nome King's cavern.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Here she found Ruggedo lolling in his throne and smoking a long pipe.
+Beside him stood General Guph and Kaliko, and ranged before the King
+were the Rose Princess, Files and the Shaggy Man. Tik-Tok still lay
+upon the floor, weighted down by the big diamond.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo was now in a more contented frame of mind. One by one he had
+met the invaders and easily captured them. The dreaded Love Magnet was
+indeed in Shaggy's pocket, only a few feet away from the King, but
+Shaggy was powerless to show it and unless Ruggedo's eyes beheld the
+talisman it could not affect him. As for Betsy Bobbin and her mule, he
+believed Kaliko had placed them in the Slimy Cave, while Ann and her
+officers he thought safely imprisoned in the pit. Ruggedo had no fear
+of Files or Ozga, but to be on the safe side he had ordered golden
+handcuffs placed upon their wrists. These did not cause them any great
+annoyance but prevented them from making an attack, had they been
+inclined to do so.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Nome King, thinking himself wholly master of the situation, was
+laughing and jeering at his prisoners when Polychrome, exquisitely
+beautiful and dancing like a ray of light, entered the cavern.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oho!" cried the King; "a Rainbow under ground, eh?" and then he stared
+hard at Polychrome, and still harder, and then he sat up and pulled the
+wrinkles out of his robe and arranged his whiskers. "On my word," said
+he, "you are a very captivating creature; moreover, I perceive you are
+a fairy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am Polychrome, the Rainbow's Daughter," she said proudly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well," replied Ruggedo, "I like you. The others I hate. I hate
+everybody&mdash;but you! Wouldn't you like to live always in this beautiful
+cavern, Polychrome? See! the jewels that stud the walls have every tint
+and color of your Rainbow&mdash;and they are not so elusive. I'll have fresh
+dewdrops gathered for your feasting every day and you shall be Queen of
+all my nomes and pull Kaliko's nose whenever you like."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, thank you," laughed Polychrome. "My home is in the sky, and I'm
+only on a visit to this solid, sordid earth. But tell me, Ruggedo, why
+my friends have been wound with cords and bound with chains?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They threatened me," answered Ruggedo. "The fools did not know how
+powerful I am."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then, since they are now helpless, why not release them and send them
+back to the earth's surface?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because I hate 'em and mean to make 'em suffer for their invasion. But
+I'll make a bargain with you, sweet Polly. Remain here and live with me
+and I'll set all these people free. You shall be my daughter or my wife
+or my aunt or grandmother&mdash;whichever you like&mdash;only stay here to
+brighten my gloomy kingdom and make me happy!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome looked at him wonderingly. Then she turned to Shaggy and
+asked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Are you sure he hasn't seen the Love Magnet?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm positive," answered Shaggy. "But you seem to be something of a
+Love Magnet yourself, Polychrome."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She laughed again and said to Ruggedo: "Not even to rescue my friends
+would I live in your kingdom. Nor could I endure for long the society
+of such a wicked monster as you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You forget," retorted the King, scowling darkly, "that you also are in
+my power."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not so, Ruggedo. The Rainbow's Daughter is beyond the reach of your
+spite or malice."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Seize her!" suddenly shouted the King, and General Guph sprang forward
+to obey. Polychrome stood quite still, yet when Guph attempted to
+clutch her his hands met in air, and now the Rainbow's Daughter was in
+another part of the room, as smiling and composed as before.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Several times Guph endeavored to capture her and Ruggedo even came down
+from his throne to assist his General; but never could they lay hands
+upon the lovely sky fairy, who flitted here and there with the
+swiftness of light and constantly defied them with her merry laughter
+as she evaded their efforts.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So after a time they abandoned the chase and Ruggedo returned to his
+throne and wiped the perspiration from his face with a finely-woven
+handkerchief of cloth-of-gold.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well," said Polychrome, "what do you intend to do now?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm going to have some fun, to repay me for all my bother," replied
+the Nome King. Then he said to Kaliko: "Summon the executioners."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko at once withdrew and presently returned with a score of nomes,
+all of whom were nearly as evil looking as their hated master. They
+bore great golden pincers, and prods of silver, and clamps and chains
+and various wicked-looking instruments, all made of precious metals and
+set with diamonds and rubies.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Now, Pang," said Ruggedo, addressing the leader of the executioners,
+"fetch the Army of Oogaboo and their Queen from the pit and torture
+them here in my presence&mdash;as well as in the presence of their friends.
+It will be great sport."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hear Your Majesty, and I obey Your Majesty," answered Pang, and went
+with his nomes into the passage. In a few minutes he returned and bowed
+to Ruggedo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They're all gone," said he.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Gone!" exclaimed the Nome King. "Gone where?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They left no address, Your Majesty; but they are not in the pit."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Picks and puddles!" roared the King; "who took the cover off?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No one," said Pang. "The cover was there, but the prisoners were not
+under it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In that case," snarled the King, trying to control his disappointment,
+"go to the Slimy Cave and fetch hither the girl and the donkey. And
+while we are torturing them Kaliko must take a hundred nomes and search
+for the escaped prisoners&mdash;the Queen of Oogaboo and her officers. If he
+does not find them, I will torture Kaliko."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko went away looking sad and disturbed, for he knew the King was
+cruel and unjust enough to carry out this threat. Pang and the
+executioners also went away, in another direction, but when they came
+back Betsy Bobbin was not with them, nor was Hank.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There is no one in the Slimy Cave, Your Majesty," reported Pang.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Jumping jellycakes!" screamed the King. "Another escape? Are you sure
+you found the right cave?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There is but one Slimy Cave, and there is no one in it," returned Pang
+positively.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo was beginning to be alarmed as well as angry. However, these
+disappointments but made him the more vindictive and he cast an evil
+look at the other prisoners and said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never mind the girl and the donkey. Here are four, at least, who
+cannot escape my vengeance. Let me see; I believe I'll change my mind
+about Tik-Tok. Have the gold crucible heated to a white, seething heat,
+and then we'll dump the copper man into it and melt him up."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But, Your Majesty," protested Kaliko, who had returned to the room
+after sending a hundred nomes to search for the Oogaboo people, "you
+must remember that Tik-Tok is a very curious and interesting machine.
+It would be a shame to deprive the world of such a clever contrivance."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Say another word, and you'll go into the furnace with him!" roared the
+King. "I'm getting tired of you, Kaliko, and the first thing you know
+I'll turn you into a potato and make Saratoga-chips of you! The next to
+consider," he added more mildly, "is the Shaggy Man. As he owns the
+Love Magnet, I think I'll transform him into a dove, and then we can
+practice shooting at him with Tik-Tok's gun. Now, this is a very
+interesting ceremony and I beg you all to watch me closely and see that
+I've nothing up my sleeve."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He came out of his throne to stand before the Shaggy Man, and then he
+waved his hands, palms downward, in seven semicircles over his victim's
+head, saying in a low but clear tone of voice the magic wugwa:
+</P>
+
+<P CLASS="poem">
+ "Adi, edi, idi, odi, udi, oo-i-oo!<BR>
+ Idu, ido, idi, ide, ida, woo!"<BR>
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The effect of this well-known sorcery was instantaneous. Instead of the
+Shaggy Man, a pretty dove lay fluttering upon the floor, its wings
+confined by tiny cords wound around them. Ruggedo gave an order to
+Pang, who cut the cords with a pair of scissors. Being freed, the dove
+quickly flew upward and alighted on the shoulder of the Rose Princess,
+who stroked it tenderly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very good! Very good!" cried Ruggedo, rubbing his hands gleefully
+together. "One enemy is out of my way, and now for the others."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+(Perhaps my readers should be warned not to attempt the above
+transformation; for, although the exact magical formula has been
+described, it is unlawful in all civilized countries for anyone to
+transform a person into a dove by muttering the words Ruggedo used.
+There were no laws to prevent the Nome King from performing this
+transformation, but if it should be attempted in any other country, and
+the magic worked, the magician would be severely punished.)
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Polychrome saw Shaggy Man transformed into a dove and realized
+that Ruggedo was about to do something as dreadful to the Princess and
+Files, and that Tik-Tok would soon be melted in a crucible, she turned
+and ran from the cavern, through the passage and back to the place
+where Quox lay asleep.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap18"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Eighteen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+A Clever Conquest
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+The great dragon still had his eyes closed and was even snoring in a
+manner that resembled distant thunder; but Polychrome was now
+desperate, because any further delay meant the destruction of her
+friends. She seized the pearl necklace, to which was attached the great
+locket, and jerked it with all her strength.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The result was encouraging. Quox stopped snoring and his eyelids
+flickered. So Polychrome jerked again&mdash;and again&mdash;till slowly the great
+lids raised and the dragon looked at her steadily. Said he, in a sleepy
+tone:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What's the matter, little Rainbow?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Come quick!" exclaimed Polychrome. "Ruggedo has captured all our
+friends and is about to destroy them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, well," said Quox, "I suspected that would happen. Step a little
+out of my path, my dear, and I'll make a rush for the Nome King's
+cavern."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She fell back a few steps and Quox raised himself on his stout legs,
+whisked his long tail and in an instant had slid down the rocks and
+made a dive through the entrance.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Along the passage he swept, nearly filling it with his immense body,
+and now he poked his head into the jeweled cavern of Ruggedo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But the King had long since made arrangements to capture the dragon,
+whenever he might appear. No sooner did Quox stick his head into the
+room than a thick chain fell from above and encircled his neck. Then
+the ends of the chain were drawn tight&mdash;for in an adjoining cavern a
+thousand nomes were pulling on them&mdash;and so the dragon could advance no
+further toward the King. He could not use his teeth or his claws and as
+his body was still in the passage he had not even room to strike his
+foes with his terrible tail.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo was delighted with the success of his stratagem. He had just
+transformed the Rose Princess into a fiddle and was about to transform
+Files into a fiddle bow, when the dragon appeared to interrupt him. So
+he called out:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Welcome, my dear Quox, to my royal entertainment. Since you are here,
+you shall witness some very neat magic, and after I have finished with
+Files and Tik-Tok I mean to transform you into a tiny lizard&mdash;one of
+the chameleon sort&mdash;and you shall live in my cavern and amuse me."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pardon me for contradicting Your Majesty," returned Quox in a quiet
+voice, "but I don't believe you'll perform any more magic."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Eh? Why not?" asked the King in surprise.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There's a reason," said Quox. "Do you see this ribbon around my neck?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes; and I'm astonished that a dignified dragon should wear such a
+silly thing."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you see it plainly?" persisted the dragon, with a little chuckle of
+amusement.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I do," declared Ruggedo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then you no longer possess any magical powers, and are as helpless as
+a clam," asserted Quox. "My great master, Tititi-Hoochoo, the Jinjin,
+enchanted this ribbon in such a way that whenever Your Majesty looked
+upon it all knowledge of magic would desert you instantly, nor will any
+magical formula you can remember ever perform your bidding."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pooh! I don't believe a word of it!" cried Ruggedo, half frightened,
+nevertheless. Then he turned toward Files and tried to transform him
+into a fiddle bow. But he could not remember the right words or the
+right pass of the hands and after several trials he finally gave up the
+attempt.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+By this time the Nome King was so alarmed that he was secretly shaking
+in his shoes.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I told you not to anger Tititi-Hoochoo," grumbled Kaliko, "and now you
+see the result of your disobedience."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo promptly threw his sceptre at his Royal Chamberlain, who dodged
+it with his usual cleverness, and then he said with an attempt to
+swagger:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never mind; I don't need magic to enable me to destroy these invaders;
+fire and the sword will do the business and I am still King of the
+Nomes and lord and master of my Underground Kingdom!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Again I beg to differ with Your Majesty," said Quox. "The Great Jinjin
+commands you to depart instantly from this Kingdom and seek the earth's
+surface, where you will wander for all time to come, without a home or
+country, without a friend or follower, and without any more riches than
+you can carry with you in your pockets. The Great Jinjin is so generous
+that he will allow you to fill your pockets with jewels or gold, but
+you must take nothing more."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo now stared at the dragon in amazement.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Does Tititi-Hoochoo condemn me to such a fate?" he asked in a hoarse
+voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He does," said Quox.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And just for throwing a few strangers down the Forbidden Tube?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Just for that," repeated Quox in a stern, gruff voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, I won't do it. And your crazy old Jinjin can't make me do it,
+either!" declared Ruggedo. "I intend to remain here, King of the Nomes,
+until the end of the world, and I defy your Tititi-Hoochoo and all his
+fairies&mdash;as well as his clumsy messenger, whom I have been obliged to
+chain up!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The dragon smiled again, but it was not the sort of smile that made
+Ruggedo feel very happy. Instead, there was something so cold and
+merciless in the dragon's expression that the condemned Nome King
+trembled and was sick at heart.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was little comfort for Ruggedo in the fact that the dragon was
+now chained, although he had boasted of it. He glared at the immense
+head of Quox as if fascinated and there was fear in the old King's eyes
+as he watched his enemy's movements.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For the dragon was now moving; not abruptly, but as if he had something
+to do and was about to do it. Very deliberately he raised one claw,
+touched the catch of the great jeweled locket that was suspended around
+his neck, and at once it opened wide.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Nothing much happened at first; half a dozen hen's eggs rolled out upon
+the floor and then the locket closed with a sharp click. But the effect
+upon the nomes of this simple thing was astounding. General Guph,
+Kaliko, Pang and his band of executioners were all standing close to
+the door that led to the vast series of underground caverns which
+constituted the dominions of the nomes, and as soon as they saw the
+eggs they raised a chorus of frantic screams and rushed through the
+door, slamming it in Ruggedo's face and placing a heavy bronze bar
+across it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo, dancing with terror and uttering loud cries, now leaped upon
+the seat of his throne to escape the eggs, which had rolled steadily
+toward him. Perhaps these eggs, sent by the wise and crafty
+Tititi-Hoochoo, were in some way enchanted, for they all rolled
+directly after Ruggedo and when they reached the throne where he had
+taken refuge they began rolling up the legs to the seat.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This was too much for the King to bear. His horror of eggs was real and
+absolute and he made a leap from the throne to the center of the room
+and then ran to a far corner.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The eggs followed, rolling slowly but steadily in his direction.
+Ruggedo threw his sceptre at them, and then his ruby crown, and then he
+drew off his heavy golden sandals and hurled these at the advancing
+eggs. But the eggs dodged every missile and continued to draw nearer.
+The King stood trembling, his eyes staring in terror, until they were
+but half a yard distant; then with an agile leap he jumped clear over
+them and made a rush for the passage that led to the outer entrance.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Of course the dragon was in his way, being chained in the passage with
+his head in the cavern, but when he saw the King making toward him he
+crouched as low as he could and dropped his chin to the floor, leaving
+a small space between his body and the roof of the passage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo did not hesitate an instant. Impelled by fear, he leaped to the
+dragon's nose and then scrambled to his back, where he succeeded in
+squeezing himself through the opening. After the head was passed there
+was more room and he slid along the dragon's scales to his tail and
+then ran as fast as his legs would carry him to the entrance. Not
+pausing here, so great was his fright, the King dashed on down the
+mountain path, but before he had gone very far he stumbled and fell.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When he picked himself up he observed that no one was following him,
+and while he recovered his breath he happened to think of the decree of
+the Jinjin&mdash;that he should be driven from his Kingdom and made a
+wanderer on the face of the earth. Well, here he was, driven from his
+cavern in truth; driven by those dreadful eggs; but he would go back
+and defy them; he would not submit to losing his precious Kingdom and
+his tyrannical powers, all because Tititi-Hoochoo had said he must.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So, although still afraid, Ruggedo nerved himself to creep back along
+the path to the entrance, and when he arrived there he saw the six eggs
+lying in a row just before the arched opening.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At first he paused a safe distance away to consider the case, for the
+eggs were now motionless. While he was wondering what could be done, he
+remembered there was a magical charm which would destroy eggs and
+render them harmless to nomes. There were nine passes to be made and
+six verses of incantation to be recited; but Ruggedo knew them all. Now
+that he had ample time to be exact, he carefully went through the
+entire ceremony.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But nothing happened. The eggs did not disappear, as he had expected;
+so he repeated the charm a second time. When that also failed, he
+remembered, with a moan of despair, that his magic power had been taken
+away from him and in the future he could do no more than any common
+mortal.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+And there were the eggs, forever barring him from the Kingdom which he
+had ruled so long with absolute sway! He threw rocks at them, but could
+not hit a single egg. He raved and scolded and tore his hair and beard,
+and danced in helpless passion, but that did nothing to avert the just
+judgment of the Jinjin, which Ruggedo's own evil deeds had brought upon
+him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+From this time on he was an outcast&mdash;a wanderer upon the face of the
+earth&mdash;and he had even forgotten to fill his pockets with gold and
+jewels before he fled from his former Kingdom!
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap19"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Nineteen
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+King Kaliko
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+After the King had made good his escape Files said to the dragon, in a
+sad voice:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Alas! why did you not come before? Because you were sleeping instead
+of conquering, the lovely Rose Princess has become a fiddle without a
+bow, while poor Shaggy sits there a cooing dove!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't worry," replied Quox. "Tititi-Hoochoo knows his business, and I
+have my orders from the Great Jinjin himself. Bring the fiddle here and
+touch it lightly to my pink ribbon."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files obeyed and at the moment of contact with the ribbon the Nome
+King's charm was broken and the Rose Princess herself stood before them
+as sweet and smiling as ever.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The dove, perched on the back of the throne, had seen and heard all
+this, so without being told what to do it flew straight to the dragon
+and alighted on the ribbon. Next instant Shaggy was himself again and
+Quox said to him grumblingly:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Please get off my left toe, Shaggy Man, and be more particular where
+you step."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I beg your pardon!" replied Shaggy, very glad to resume his natural
+form. Then he ran to lift the heavy diamond off Tik-Tok's chest and to
+assist the Clockwork Man to his feet.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ma-ny thanks!" said Tik-Tok. "Where is the wicked King who want-ed to
+melt me in a cru-ci-ble?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He has gone, and gone for good," answered Polychrome, who had managed
+to squeeze into the room beside the dragon and had witnessed the
+occurrences with much interest. "But I wonder where Betsy Bobbin and
+Hank can be, and if any harm has befallen them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We must search the cavern until we find them," declared Shaggy; but
+when he went to the door leading to the other caverns he found it shut
+and barred.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I've a pretty strong push in my forehead," said Quox, "and I believe I
+can break down that door, even though it's made of solid gold."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But you are a prisoner, and the chains that hold you are fastened in
+some other room, so that we cannot release you," Files said anxiously.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, never mind that," returned the dragon. "I have remained a prisoner
+only because I wished to be one," and with this he stepped forward and
+burst the stout chains as easily as if they had been threads.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But when he tried to push in the heavy metal door, even his mighty
+strength failed, and after several attempts he gave it up and squatted
+himself in a corner to think of a better way.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll o-pen the door," asserted Tik-Tok, and going to the King's big
+gong he pounded upon it until the noise was almost deafening.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko, in the next cavern, was wondering what had happened to Ruggedo
+and if he had escaped the eggs and outwitted the dragon. But when he
+heard the sound of the gong, which had so often called him into the
+King's presence, he decided that Ruggedo had been victorious; so he
+took away the bar, threw open the door and entered the royal cavern.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Great was his astonishment to find the King gone and the enchantments
+removed from the Princess and Shaggy. But the eggs were also gone and
+so Kaliko advanced to the dragon, whom he knew to be Tititi-Hoochoo's
+messenger, and bowed humbly before the beast.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What is your will?" he inquired.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where is Betsy?" demanded the dragon.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Safe in my own private room," said Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Go and get her!" commanded Quox.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Kaliko went to Betsy's room and gave three raps upon the door. The
+little girl had been asleep, but she heard the raps and opened the door.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You may come out now," said Kaliko. "The King has fled in disgrace and
+your friends are asking for you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Betsy and Hank returned with the Royal Chamberlain to the throne
+cavern, where she was received with great joy by her friends. They told
+her what had happened to Ruggedo and she told them how kind Kaliko had
+been to her. Quox did not have much to say until the conversation was
+ended, but then he turned to Kaliko and asked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you suppose you could rule your nomes better than Ruggedo has done?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Me?" stammered the Chamberlain, greatly surprised by the question.
+"Well, I couldn't be a worse King, I'm sure."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Would the nomes obey you?" inquired the dragon.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," said Kaliko. "They like me better than ever they did
+Ruggedo."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then hereafter you shall be the Metal Monarch, King of the Nomes, and
+Tititi-Hoochoo expects you to rule your Kingdom wisely and well," said
+Quox.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hooray!" cried Betsy; "I'm glad of that. King Kaliko, I salute Your
+Majesty and wish you joy in your gloomy old Kingdom!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We all wish him joy," said Polychrome; and then the others made haste
+to congratulate the new King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Will you release my dear brother?" asked Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Ugly One? Very willingly," replied Kaliko. "I begged Ruggedo long
+ago to send him away, but he would not do so. I also offered to help
+your brother to escape, but he would not go."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He's so conscientious!" said Shaggy, highly pleased. "All of our
+family have noble natures. But is my dear brother well?" he added
+anxiously.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He eats and sleeps very steadily," replied the new King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hope he doesn't work too hard," said Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He doesn't work at all. In fact, there is nothing he can do in these
+dominions as well as our nomes, whose numbers are so great that it
+worries us to keep them all busy. So your brother has only to amuse
+himself."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, it's more like visiting, than being a prisoner," asserted Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not exactly," returned Kaliko. "A prisoner cannot go where or when he
+pleases, and is not his own master."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where is my brother now?" inquired Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In the Metal Forest."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Where is that?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Metal Forest is in the Great Domed Cavern, the largest in all our
+dominions," replied Kaliko. "It is almost like being out of doors, it
+is so big, and Ruggedo made the wonderful forest to amuse himself, as
+well as to tire out his hard-working nomes. All the trees are gold and
+silver and the ground is strewn with precious stones, so it is a sort
+of treasury."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Let us go there at once and rescue my dear brother," pleaded Shaggy
+earnestly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko hesitated.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't believe I can find the way," said he. "Ruggedo made three
+secret passages to the Metal Forest, but he changes the location of
+these passages every week, so that no one can get to the Metal Forest
+without his permission. However, if we look sharp, we may be able to
+discover one of these secret ways."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That reminds me to ask what has become of Queen Ann and the Officers
+of Oogaboo," said Files.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm sure I can't say," replied Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you suppose Ruggedo destroyed them?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, no; I'm quite sure he didn't. They fell into the big pit in the
+passage, and we put the cover on to keep them there; but when the
+executioners went to look for them they had all disappeared from the
+pit and we could find no trace of them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's funny," remarked Betsy thoughtfully. "I don't believe Ann knew
+any magic, or she'd have worked it before. But to disappear like that
+<i>seems</i> like magic; now, doesn't it?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They agreed that it did, but no one could explain the mystery.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"However," said Shaggy, "they are gone, that is certain, so we cannot
+help them or be helped by them. And the important thing just now is to
+rescue my dear brother from captivity."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why do they call him the Ugly One?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I do not know," confessed Shaggy. "I cannot remember his looks very
+well, it is so long since I have seen him; but all of our family are
+noted for their handsome faces."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy laughed and Shaggy seemed rather hurt; but Polychrome relieved
+his embarrassment by saying softly: "One can be ugly in looks, but
+lovely in disposition."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Our first task," said Shaggy, a little comforted by this remark, "is
+to find one of those secret passages to the Metal Forest."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"True," agreed Kaliko. "So I think I will assemble the chief nomes of
+my kingdom in this throne room and tell them that I am their new King.
+Then I can ask them to assist us in searching for the secret passages.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's a good idea," said the dragon, who seemed to be getting sleepy
+again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Kaliko went to the big gong and pounded on it just as Ruggedo used to
+do; but no one answered the summons.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course not," said he, jumping up from the throne, where he had
+seated himself. "That is my call, and I am still the Royal Chamberlain,
+and will be until I appoint another in my place."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So he ran out of the room and found Guph and told him to answer the
+summons of the King's gong. Having returned to the royal cavern, Kaliko
+first pounded the gong and then sat in the throne, wearing Ruggedo's
+discarded ruby crown and holding in his hand the sceptre which Ruggedo
+had so often thrown at his head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Guph entered he was amazed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Better get out of that throne before old Ruggedo comes back," he said
+warningly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He isn't coming back, and I am now the King of the Nomes, in his
+stead," announced Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All of which is quite true," asserted the dragon, and all of those who
+stood around the throne bowed respectfully to the new King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Seeing this, Guph also bowed, for he was glad to be rid of such a hard
+master as Ruggedo. Then Kaliko, in quite a kingly way, informed Guph
+that he was appointed the Royal Chamberlain, and promised not to throw
+the sceptre at his head unless he deserved it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All this being pleasantly arranged, the new Chamberlain went away to
+tell the news to all the nomes of the underground Kingdom, every one of
+whom would be delighted with the change in Kings.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap20"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twenty
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Quox Quietly Quits
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+When the chief nomes assembled before their new King they joyfully
+saluted him and promised to obey his commands. But, when Kaliko
+questioned them, none knew the way to the Metal Forest, although all
+had assisted in its making. So the King instructed them to search
+carefully for one of the passages and to bring him the news as soon as
+they had found it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Meantime Quox had managed to back out of the rocky corridor and so
+regain the open air and his old station on the mountain-side, and there
+he lay upon the rocks, sound asleep, until the next day. The others of
+the party were all given as good rooms as the caverns of the nomes
+afforded, for King Kaliko felt that he was indebted to them for his
+promotion and was anxious to be as hospitable as he could.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Much wonderment had been caused by the absolute disappearance of the
+sixteen officers of Oogaboo and their Queen. Not a nome had seen them,
+nor were they discovered during the search for the passages leading to
+the Metal Forest. Perhaps no one was unhappy over their loss, but all
+were curious to know what had become of them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+On the next day, when our friends went to visit the dragon, Quox said
+to them: "I must now bid you good-bye, for my mission here is finished
+and I must depart for the other side of the world, where I belong."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Will you go through the Tube again?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"To be sure. But it will be a lonely trip this time, with no one to
+talk to, and I cannot invite any of you to go with me. Therefore, as
+soon as I slide into the hole I shall go to sleep, and when I pop out
+at the other end I will wake up at home."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They thanked the dragon for befriending them and wished him a pleasant
+journey. Also they sent their thanks to the great Jinjin, whose just
+condemnation of Ruggedo had served their interests so well. Then Quox
+yawned and stretched himself and ambled over to the Tube, into which he
+slid headforemost and disappeared.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They really felt as if they had lost a friend, for the dragon had been
+both kind and sociable during their brief acquaintance with him; but
+they knew it was his duty to return to his own country. So they went
+back to the caverns to renew the search for the hidden passages that
+led to the forest, but for three days all efforts to find them proved
+in vain.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was Polychrome's custom to go every day to the mountain and watch
+for her father, the Rainbow, for she was growing tired with wandering
+upon the earth and longed to rejoin her sisters in their sky palaces.
+And on the third day, while she sat motionless upon a point of rock,
+whom should she see slyly creeping up the mountain but Ruggedo!
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The former King looked very forlorn. His clothes were soiled and torn
+and he had no sandals upon his feet or hat upon his head. Having left
+his crown and sceptre behind when he fled, the old nome no longer
+seemed kingly, but more like a beggerman.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Several times had Ruggedo crept up to the mouth of the caverns, only to
+find the six eggs still on guard. He knew quite well that he must
+accept his fate and become a homeless wanderer, but his chief regret
+now was that he had neglected to fill his pockets with gold and jewels.
+He was aware that a wanderer with wealth at his command would fare much
+better than one who was a pauper, so he still loitered around the
+caverns wherein he knew so much treasure was stored, hoping for a
+chance to fill his pockets.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+That was how he came to recollect the Metal Forest.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Aha!" said he to himself, "I alone know the way to that Forest, and
+once there I can fill my pockets with the finest jewels in all the
+world."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He glanced at his pockets and was grieved to find them so small.
+Perhaps they might be enlarged, so that they would hold more. He knew
+of a poor woman who lived in a cottage at the foot of the mountain, so
+he went to her and begged her to sew pockets all over his robe, paying
+her with the gift of a diamond ring which he had worn upon his finger.
+The woman was delighted to possess so valuable a ring and she sewed as
+many pockets on Ruggedo's robe as she possibly could.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Then he returned up the mountain and, after gazing cautiously around to
+make sure he was not observed, he touched a spring in a rock and it
+swung slowly backward, disclosing a broad passageway. This he entered,
+swinging the rock in place behind him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+However, Ruggedo had failed to look as carefully as he might have done,
+for Polychrome was seated only a little distance off and her clear eyes
+marked exactly the manner in which Ruggedo had released the hidden
+spring. So she rose and hurried into the cavern, where she told Kaliko
+and her friends of her discovery.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I've no doubt that that is a way to the Metal Forest," exclaimed
+Shaggy. "Come, let us follow Ruggedo at once and rescue my poor
+brother!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They agreed to this and King Kaliko called together a band of nomes to
+assist them by carrying torches to light their way.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Metal Forest has a brilliant light of its own," said he, "but the
+passage across the valley is likely to be dark."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome easily found the rock and touched the spring, so in less
+than an hour after Ruggedo had entered they were all in the passage and
+following swiftly after the former King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He means to rob the Forest, I'm sure," said Kaliko; "but he will find
+he is no longer of any account in this Kingdom and I will have my nomes
+throw him out."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then please throw him as hard as you can," said Betsy, "for he
+deserves it. I don't mind an honest, out-an'-out enemy, who fights
+square; but changing girls into fiddles and ordering 'em put into Slimy
+Caves is mean and tricky, and Ruggedo doesn't deserve any sympathy. But
+you'll have to let him take as much treasure as he can get in his
+pockets, Kaliko."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, the Jinjin said so; but we won't miss it much. There is more
+treasure in the Metal Forest than a million nomes could carry in their
+pockets."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It was not difficult to walk through this passage, especially when the
+torches lighted the way, so they made good progress. But it proved to
+be a long distance and Betsy had tired herself with walking and was
+seated upon the back of the mule when the passage made a sharp turn and
+a wonderful and glorious light burst upon them. The next moment they
+were all standing upon the edge of the marvelous Metal Forest.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+It lay under another mountain and occupied a great domed cavern, the
+roof of which was higher than a church steeple. In this space the
+industrious nomes had built, during many years of labor, the most
+beautiful forest in the world. The trees&mdash;trunks, branches and
+leaves&mdash;were all of solid gold, while the bushes and underbrush were
+formed of filigree silver, virgin pure. The trees towered as high as
+natural live oaks do and were of exquisite workmanship.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+On the ground were thickly strewn precious gems of every hue and size,
+while here and there among the trees were paths pebbled with cut
+diamonds of the clearest water. Taken all together, more treasure was
+gathered in this Metal Forest than is contained in all the rest of the
+world&mdash;if we except the land of Oz, where perhaps its value is equalled
+in the famous Emerald City.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Our friends were so amazed at the sight that for a while they stood
+gazing in silent wonder. Then Shaggy exclaimed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"My brother! My dear lost brother! Is he indeed a prisoner in this
+place?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes," replied Kaliko. "The Ugly One has been here for two or three
+years, to my positive knowledge."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But what could he find to eat?" inquired Betsy. "It's an awfully swell
+place to live in, but one can't breakfast on rubies and di'monds, or
+even gold."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"One doesn't need to, my dear," Kaliko assured her. "The Metal Forest
+does not fill all of this great cavern, by any means. Beyond these gold
+and silver trees are other trees of the real sort, which bear foods
+very nice to eat. Let us walk in that direction, for I am quite sure we
+will find Shaggy's brother in that part of the cavern, rather than in
+this."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So they began to tramp over the diamond-pebbled paths, and at every
+step they were more and more bewildered by the wondrous beauty of the
+golden trees with their glittering foliage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Suddenly they heard a scream. Jewels scattered in every direction as
+some one hidden among the bushes scampered away before them. Then a
+loud voice cried: "Halt!" and there was the sound of a struggle.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap21"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twenty-One
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+A Bashful Brother
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+With fast beating hearts they all rushed forward and, beyond a group of
+stately metal trees, came full upon a most astonishing scene.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There was Ruggedo in the hands of the officers of Oogaboo, a dozen of
+whom were clinging to the old nome and holding him fast in spite of his
+efforts to escape. There also was Queen Ann, looking grimly upon the
+scene of strife; but when she observed her former companions
+approaching she turned away in a shamefaced manner.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For Ann and her officers were indeed a sight to behold. Her Majesty's
+clothing, once so rich and gorgeous, was now worn and torn into shreds
+by her long crawl through the tunnel, which, by the way, had led her
+directly into the Metal Forest. It was, indeed, one of the three secret
+passages, and by far the most difficult of the three. Ann had not only
+torn her pretty skirt and jacket, but her crown had become bent and
+battered and even her shoes were so cut and slashed that they were
+ready to fall from her feet.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The officers had fared somewhat worse than their leader, for holes were
+worn in the knees of their trousers, while sharp points of rock in the
+roof and sides of the tunnel had made rags of every inch of their once
+brilliant uniforms. A more tattered and woeful army never came out of a
+battle, than these harmless victims of the rocky passage. But it had
+seemed their only means of escape from the cruel Nome King; so they had
+crawled on, regardless of their sufferings.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When they reached the Metal Forest their eyes beheld more plunder than
+they had ever dreamed of; yet they were prisoners in this huge dome and
+could not escape with the riches heaped about them. Perhaps a more
+unhappy and homesick lot of "conquerors" never existed than this band
+from Oogaboo.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+After several days of wandering in their marvelous prison they were
+frightened by the discovery that Ruggedo had come among them. Rendered
+desperate by their sad condition, the officers exhibited courage for
+the first time since they left home and, ignorant of the fact that
+Ruggedo was no longer King of the nomes, they threw themselves upon him
+and had just succeeded in capturing him when their fellow adventurers
+reached the spot.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Goodness gracious!" cried Betsy. "What has happened to you all?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ann came forward to greet them, sorrowful and indignant.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"We were obliged to escape from the pit through a small tunnel, which
+was lined with sharp and jagged rocks," said she, "and not only was our
+clothing torn to rags but our flesh is so bruised and sore that we are
+stiff and lame in every joint. To add to our troubles we find we are
+still prisoners; but now that we have succeeded in capturing the wicked
+Metal Monarch we shall force him to grant us our liberty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ruggedo is no longer Metal Monarch, or King of the nomes," Files
+informed her. "He has been deposed and cast out of his kingdom by Quox;
+but here is the new King, whose name is Kaliko, and I am pleased to
+assure Your Majesty that he is our friend."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Glad to meet Your Majesty, I'm sure," said Kaliko, bowing as
+courteously as if the Queen still wore splendid raiment.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The officers, having heard this explanation, now set Ruggedo free; but,
+as he had no place to go, he stood by and faced his former servant, who
+was now King in his place, in a humble and pleading manner.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What are you doing here?" asked Kaliko sternly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, I was promised as much treasure as I could carry in my pockets,"
+replied Ruggedo; "so I came here to get it, not wishing to disturb Your
+Majesty."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You were commanded to leave the country of the nomes forever!"
+declared Kaliko.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I know; and I'll go as soon as I have filled my pockets," said
+Ruggedo, meekly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then fill them, and be gone," returned the new King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo obeyed. Stooping down, he began gathering up jewels by the
+handful and stuffing them into his many pockets. They were heavy
+things, these diamonds and rubies and emeralds and amethysts and the
+like, so before long Ruggedo was staggering with the weight he bore,
+while the pockets were not yet filled. When he could no longer stoop
+over without falling, Betsy and Polychrome and the Rose Princess came
+to his assistance, picking up the finest gems and tucking them into his
+pockets.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At last these were all filled and Ruggedo presented a comical sight,
+for surely no man ever before had so many pockets, or any at all filled
+with such a choice collection of precious stones. He neglected to thank
+the young ladies for their kindness, but gave them a surly nod of
+farewell and staggered down the path by the way he had come. They let
+him depart in silence, for with all he had taken, the masses of jewels
+upon the ground seemed scarcely to have been disturbed, so numerous
+were they. Also they hoped they had seen the last of the degraded King.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm awful glad he's gone," said Betsy, sighing deeply. "If he doesn't
+get reckless and spend his wealth foolishly, he's got enough to start a
+bank when he gets to Oklahoma."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But my brother&mdash;my dear brother! Where is he?" inquired Shaggy
+anxiously. "Have you seen him, Queen Ann?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What does your brother look like?" asked the Queen.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy hesitated to reply, but Betsy said: "He's called the Ugly One.
+Perhaps you'll know him by that."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The only person we have seen in this cavern," said Ann, "has run away
+from us whenever we approached him. He hides over yonder, among the
+trees that are not gold, and we have never been able to catch sight of
+his face. So I cannot tell whether he is ugly or not."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That must be my dear brother!" exclaimed Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, it must be," assented Kaliko. "No one else inhabits this splendid
+dome, so there can be no mistake."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But why does he hide among those green trees, instead of enjoying all
+these glittery golden ones?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because he finds food among the natural trees," replied Kaliko, "and I
+remember that he has built a little house there, to sleep in. As for
+these glittery golden trees, I will admit they are very pretty at first
+sight. One cannot fail to admire them, as well as the rich jewels
+scattered beneath them; but if one has to look at them always, they
+become pretty tame."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I believe that is true," declared Shaggy. "My dear brother is very
+wise to prefer real trees to the imitation ones. But come; let us go
+there and find him."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy started for the green grove at once, and the others followed
+him, being curious to witness the final rescue of his long-sought,
+long-lost brother.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Not far from the edge of the grove they came upon a small hut, cleverly
+made of twigs and golden branches woven together. As they approached
+the place they caught a glimpse of a form that darted into the hut and
+slammed the door tight shut after him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy Man ran to the door and cried aloud:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Brother! Brother!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who calls," demanded a sad, hollow voice from within.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is Shaggy&mdash;your own loving brother&mdash;who has been searching for you
+a long time and has now come to rescue you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Too late!" replied the gloomy voice. "No one can rescue me now."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, but you are mistaken about that," said Shaggy. "There is a new
+King of the nomes, named Kaliko, in Ruggedo's place, and he has
+promised you shall go free."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Free! I dare not go free!" said the Ugly One, in a voice of despair.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why not, Brother?" asked Shaggy, anxiously.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you know what they have done to me?" came the answer through the
+closed door.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No. Tell me, Brother, what have they done?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"When Ruggedo first captured me I was very handsome. Don't you
+remember, Shaggy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not very well, Brother; you were so young when I left home. But I
+remember that mother thought you were beautiful."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"She was right! I am sure she was right," wailed the prisoner. "But
+Ruggedo wanted to injure me&mdash;to make me ugly in the eyes of all the
+world&mdash;so he performed a wicked enchantment. I went to bed
+beautiful&mdash;or you might say handsome&mdash;to be very modest I will merely
+claim that I was good-looking&mdash;and I wakened the next morning the
+homeliest man in all the world! I am so repulsive that when I look in a
+mirror I frighten myself."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Poor Brother!" said Shaggy softly, and all the others were silent from
+sympathy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I was so ashamed of my looks," continued the voice of Shaggy's
+brother, "that I tried to hide; but the cruel King Ruggedo forced me to
+appear before all the legion of nomes, to whom he said: 'Behold the
+Ugly One!' But when the nomes saw my face they all fell to laughing and
+jeering, which prevented them from working at their tasks. Seeing this,
+Ruggedo became angry and pushed me into a tunnel, closing the rock
+entrance so that I could not get out. I followed the length of the
+tunnel until I reached this huge dome, where the marvelous Metal Forest
+stands, and here I have remained ever since."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Poor Brother!" repeated Shaggy. "But I beg you now to come forth and
+face us, who are your friends. None here will laugh or jeer, however
+unhandsome you may be."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed," they all added pleadingly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+But the Ugly One refused the invitation.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I cannot," said he; "indeed, I cannot face strangers, ugly as I am."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy Man turned to the group surrounding him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What shall I do?" he asked in sorrowful tones. "I cannot leave my dear
+brother here, and he refuses to come out of that house and face us."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'll tell you," replied Betsy. "Let him put on a mask."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The very idea I was seeking!" exclaimed Shaggy joyfully; and then he
+called out: "Brother, put a mask over your face, and then none of us
+can see what your features are like."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have no mask," answered the Ugly One.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Look here," said Betsy; "he can use my handkerchief."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy looked at the little square of cloth and shook his head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It isn't big enough," he objected; "I'm sure it isn't big enough to
+hide a man's face. But he can use mine."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Saying this he took from his pocket his own handkerchief and went to
+the door of the hut.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Here, my Brother," he called, "take this handkerchief and make a mask
+of it. I will also pass you my knife, so that you may cut holes for the
+eyes, and then you must tie it over your face."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The door slowly opened, just far enough for the Ugly One to thrust out
+his hand and take the handkerchief and the knife. Then it closed again.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't forget a hole for your nose," cried Betsy. "You must breathe,
+you know."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+For a time there was silence. Queen Ann and her army sat down upon the
+ground to rest. Betsy sat on Hank's back. Polychrome danced lightly up
+and down the jeweled paths while Files and the Princess wandered
+through the groves arm in arm. Tik-Tok, who never tired, stood
+motionless.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+By and by a noise sounded from within the hut.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Are you ready?" asked Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, Brother," came the reply and the door was thrown open to allow
+the Ugly One to step forth.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy might have laughed aloud had she not remembered how sensitive to
+ridicule Shaggy's brother was, for the handkerchief with which he had
+masked his features was a red one covered with big white polka dots. In
+this two holes had been cut&mdash;in front of the eyes&mdash;while two smaller
+ones before the nostrils allowed the man to breathe freely. The cloth
+was then tightly drawn over the Ugly One's face and knotted at the back
+of his neck.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He was dressed in clothes that had once been good, but now were sadly
+worn and frayed. His silk stockings had holes in them, and his shoes
+were stub-toed and needed blackening. "But what can you expect,"
+whispered Betsy, "when the poor man has been a prisoner for so many
+years?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy had darted forward, and embraced his newly found brother with
+both his arms. The brother also embraced Shaggy, who then led him
+forward and introduced him to all the assembled company.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is the new Nome King," he said when he came to Kaliko. "He is our
+friend, and has granted you your freedom."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is a kindly deed," replied Ugly in a sad voice, "but I dread to
+go back to the world in this direful condition. Unless I remain forever
+masked, my dreadful face would curdle all the milk and stop all the
+clocks."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Can't the enchantment be broken in some way?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy looked anxiously at Kaliko, who shook his head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am sure I can't break the enchantment," he said. "Ruggedo was fond
+of magic, and learned a good many enchantments that we nomes know
+nothing of."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Perhaps Ruggedo himself might break his own enchantment," suggested
+Ann; "but unfortunately we have allowed the old King to escape."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never mind, my dear Brother," said Shaggy consolingly; "I am very
+happy to have found you again, although I may never see your face. So
+let us make the most of this joyful reunion."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Ugly One was affected to tears by this tender speech, and the tears
+began to wet the red handkerchief; so Shaggy gently wiped them away
+with his coat sleeve.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap22"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twenty-Two
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Kindly Kisses
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+"Won't you be dreadful sorry to leave this lovely place?" Betsy asked
+the Ugly One.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed," said he. "Jewels and gold are cold and heartless things,
+and I am sure I would presently have died of loneliness had I not found
+this natural forest at the edge of the artificial one. Anyhow, without
+these real trees I should soon have starved to death."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy looked around at the quaint trees.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't just understand that," she admitted. "What could you find to
+eat here?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The best food in the world," Ugly answered. "Do you see that grove at
+your left?" he added, pointing it out; "well, such trees as those do
+not grow in your country, or in any other place but this cavern. I have
+named them 'Hotel Trees,' because they bear a certain kind of table
+d'hote fruit called 'Three-Course Nuts.'"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's funny!" said Betsy. "What are the 'Three-Course Nuts' like?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Something like cocoanuts, to look at," explained the Ugly One. "All
+you have to do is to pick one of them and then sit down and eat your
+dinner. You first unscrew the top part and find a cupfull of good soup.
+After you've eaten that, you unscrew the middle part and find a hollow
+filled with meat and potatoes, vegetables and a fine salad. Eat that,
+and unscrew the next section, and you come to the dessert in the bottom
+of the nut. That is, pie and cake, cheese and crackers, and nuts and
+raisins. The Three-Course Nuts are not all exactly alike in flavor or
+in contents, but they are all good and in each one may be found a
+complete three-course dinner."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But how about breakfasts?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, there are Breakfast Trees for that, which grow over there at the
+right. They bear nuts, like the others, only the nuts contain coffee or
+chocolate, instead of soup; oatmeal instead of meat-and-potatoes, and
+fruits instead of dessert. Sad as has been my life in this wonderful
+prison, I must admit that no one could live more luxuriously in the
+best hotel in the world than I have lived here; but I will be glad to
+get into the open air again and see the good old sun and the silvery
+moon and the soft green grass and the flowers that are kissed by the
+morning dew. Ah, how much more lovely are those blessed things than the
+glitter of gems or the cold gleam of gold!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course," said Betsy. "I once knew a little boy who wanted to catch
+the measles, because all the little boys in his neighborhood but him
+had had 'em, and he was really unhappy 'cause he couldn't catch 'em,
+try as he would. So I'm pretty certain that the things we want, and
+can't have, are not good for us. Isn't that true, Shaggy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not always, my dear," he gravely replied. "If we didn't want anything,
+we would never get anything, good or bad. I think our longings are
+natural, and if we act as nature prompts us we can't go far wrong."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"For my part," said Queen Ann, "I think the world would be a dreary
+place without the gold and jewels."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All things are good in their way," said Shaggy; "but we may have too
+much of any good thing. And I have noticed that the value of anything
+depends upon how scarce it is, and how difficult it is to obtain."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Pardon me for interrupting you," said King Kaliko, coming to their
+side, "but now that we have rescued Shaggy's brother I would like to
+return to my royal cavern. Being the King of the Nomes, it is my duty
+to look after my restless subjects and see that they behave themselves."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So they all turned and began walking through the Metal Forest to the
+other side of the great domed cave, where they had first entered it.
+Shaggy and his brother walked side by side and both seemed rejoiced
+that they were together after their long separation. Betsy didn't dare
+look at the polka dot handkerchief, for fear she would laugh aloud; so
+she walked behind the two brothers and led Hank by holding fast to his
+left ear.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When at last they reached the place where the passage led to the outer
+world, Queen Ann said, in a hesitating way that was unusual with her:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have not conquered this Nome Country, nor do I expect to do so; but
+I would like to gather a few of these pretty jewels before I leave this
+place."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Help yourself, ma'am," said King Kaliko, and at once the officers of
+the Army took advantage of his royal permission and began filling their
+pockets, while Ann tied a lot of diamonds in a big handkerchief.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+This accomplished, they all entered the passage, the nomes going first
+to light the way with their torches. They had not proceeded far when
+Betsy exclaimed:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, there are jewels here, too!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All eyes were turned upon the ground and they found a regular trail of
+jewels strewn along the rock floor.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is queer!" said Kaliko, much surprised. "I must send some of my
+nomes to gather up these gems and replace them in the Metal Forest,
+where they belong. I wonder how they came to be here?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+All the way along the passage they found this trail of jewels, but when
+they neared the end the mystery was explained. For there, squatted upon
+the floor with his back to the rock wall, sat old Ruggedo, puffing and
+blowing as if he was all tired out. Then they realized it was he who
+had scattered the jewels, from his many pockets, which one by one had
+burst with the weight of their contents as he had stumbled along the
+passage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"But I don't mind," said Ruggedo, with a deep sigh. "I now realize that
+I could not have carried such a weighty load very far, even had I
+managed to escape from this passage with it. The woman who sewed the
+pockets on my robe used poor thread, for which I shall thank her."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Have you any jewels left?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He glanced into some of the remaining pockets.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"A few," said he, "but they will be sufficient to supply my wants, and
+I no longer have any desire to be rich. If some of you will kindly help
+me to rise, I'll get out of here and leave you, for I know you all
+despise me and prefer my room to my company."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Shaggy and Kaliko raised the old King to his feet, when he was
+confronted by Shaggy's brother, whom he now noticed for the first time.
+The queer and unexpected appearance of the Ugly One so startled Ruggedo
+that he gave a wild cry and began to tremble, as if he had seen a ghost.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Wh&mdash;wh&mdash;who is this?" he faltered.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am that helpless prisoner whom your cruel magic transformed from a
+handsome man into an ugly one!" answered Shaggy's brother, in a voice
+of stern reproach.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Really, Ruggedo," said Betsy, "you ought to be ashamed of that mean
+trick."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am, my dear," admitted Ruggedo, who was now as meek and humble as
+formerly he had been cruel and vindictive.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then," returned the girl, "you'd better do some more magic and give
+the poor man his own face again."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I wish I could," answered the old King; "but you must remember that
+Tititi-Hoochoo has deprived me of all my magic powers. However, I never
+took the trouble to learn just how to break the charm I cast over
+Shaggy's brother, for I intended he should always remain ugly."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Every charm," remarked pretty Polychrome, "has its antidote; and, if
+you knew this charm of ugliness, Ruggedo, you must have known how to
+dispel it."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He shook his head.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"If I did, I&mdash;I've forgotten," he stammered regretfully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Try to think!" pleaded Shaggy, anxiously. "<i>Please</i> try to think!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo ruffled his hair with both hands, sighed, slapped his chest,
+rubbed his ear, and stared stupidly around the group.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I've a faint recollection that there <i>was</i> one thing that would break
+the charm," said he; "but misfortune has so addled my brain that I
+can't remember what it was."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"See here, Ruggedo," said Betsy, sharply, "we've treated you pretty
+well, so far, but we won't stand for any nonsense, and if you know
+what's good for yourself you'll think of that charm!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why?" he demanded, turning to look wonderingly at the little girl.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Because it means so much to Shaggy's brother. He's dreadfully ashamed
+of himself, the way he is now, and you're to blame for it. Fact is,
+Ruggedo, you've done so much wickedness in your life that it won't hurt
+you to do a kind act now."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo blinked at her, and sighed again, and then tried very hard to
+think.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I seem to remember, dimly," said he, "that a certain kind of a kiss
+will break the charm of ugliness."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What kind of a kiss?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"What kind? Why, it was&mdash;it was&mdash;it was either the kiss of a Mortal
+Maid; or&mdash;or&mdash;the kiss of a Mortal Maid who had once been a Fairy;
+or&mdash;or the kiss of one who is still a Fairy. I can't remember which.
+But of course no maid, mortal or fairy, would ever consent to kiss a
+person so ugly&mdash;so dreadfully, fearfully, terribly ugly&mdash;as Shaggy's
+brother."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm not so sure of that," said Betsy, with admirable courage; "I'm a
+Mortal Maid, and if it is <i>my</i> kiss that will break this awful charm,
+I&mdash;I'll do it!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, you really couldn't," protested Ugly. "I would be obliged to
+remove my mask, and when you saw my face, nothing could induce you to
+kiss me, generous as you are."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, as for that," said the little girl, "I needn't see your face at
+all. Here's my plan: You stay in this dark passage, and we'll send away
+the nomes with their torches. Then you'll take off the handkerchief,
+and I&mdash;I'll kiss you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"This is awfully kind of you, Betsy!" said Shaggy, gratefully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, it surely won't kill me," she replied; "and, if it makes you and
+your brother happy, I'm willing to take some chances."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So Kaliko ordered the torch-bearers to leave the passage, which they
+did by going through the rock opening. Queen Ann and her army also went
+out; but the others were so interested in Betsy's experiment that they
+remained grouped at the mouth of the passageway. When the big rock
+swung into place, closing tight the opening, they were left in total
+darkness.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Now, then," called Betsy in a cheerful voice, "have you got that
+handkerchief off your face, Ugly?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes," he replied.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, where are you, then?" she asked, reaching out her arms.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Here," said he.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You'll have to stoop down, you know."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He found her hands and clasping them in his own stooped until his face
+was near to that of the little girl. The others heard a clear, smacking
+kiss, and then Betsy exclaimed:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There! I've done it, and it didn't hurt a bit!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Tell me, dear brother; is the charm broken?" asked Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I do not know," was the reply. "It may be, or it may not be. I cannot
+tell."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Has anyone a match?" inquired Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have several," said Shaggy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then let Ruggedo strike one of them and look at your brother's face,
+while we all turn our backs. Ruggedo made your brother ugly, so I guess
+he can stand the horror of looking at him, if the charm isn't broken."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Agreeing to this, Ruggedo took the match and lighted it. He gave one
+look and then blew out the match.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Ugly as ever!" he said with a shudder. "So it wasn't the kiss of a
+Mortal Maid, after all."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Let me try," proposed the Rose Princess, in her sweet voice. "I am a
+Mortal Maid who was once a Fairy. Perhaps my kiss will break the charm."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files did not wholly approve of this, but he was too generous to
+interfere. So the Rose Princess felt her way through the darkness to
+Shaggy's brother and kissed him.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo struck another match, while they all turned away.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No," announced the former King; "that didn't break the charm, either.
+It must be the kiss of a Fairy that is required&mdash;or else my memory has
+failed me altogether."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Polly," said Betsy, pleadingly, "won't <i>you</i> try?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course I will!" answered Polychrome, with a merry laugh. "I've
+never kissed a mortal man in all the thousands of years I have existed,
+but I'll do it to please our faithful Shaggy Man, whose unselfish
+affection for his ugly brother deserves to be rewarded."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Even as Polychrome was speaking she tripped lightly to the side of the
+Ugly One and quickly touched his cheek with her lips.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, thank you&mdash;thank you!" he fervently cried. "I've changed, this
+time, I know. I can feel it! I'm different. Shaggy&mdash;dear Shaggy&mdash;I am
+myself again!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Files, who was near the opening, touched the spring that released the
+big rock and it suddenly swung backward and let in a flood of daylight.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Everyone stood motionless, staring hard at Shaggy's brother, who, no
+longer masked by the polka-dot handkerchief, met their gaze with a glad
+smile.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well," said Shaggy Man, breaking the silence at last and drawing a
+long, deep breath of satisfaction, "you are no longer the Ugly One, my
+dear brother; but, to be entirely frank with you, the face that belongs
+to you is no more handsome than it ought to be."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I think he's rather good looking," remarked Betsy, gazing at the man
+critically.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"In comparison with what he was," said King Kaliko, "he is really
+beautiful. You, who never beheld his ugliness, may not understand that;
+but it was my misfortune to look at the Ugly One many times, and I say
+again that, in comparison with what he was, the man is now beautiful."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," returned Betsy, briskly, "we'll take your word for it,
+Kaliko. And now let us get out of this tunnel and into the world again."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap23"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twenty-Three
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Ruggedo Reforms
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+It did not take them long to regain the royal cavern of the Nome King,
+where Kaliko ordered served to them the nicest refreshments the place
+afforded.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ruggedo had come trailing along after the rest of the party and while
+no one paid any attention to the old King they did not offer any
+objection to his presence or command him to leave them. He looked
+fearfully to see if the eggs were still guarding the entrance, but they
+had now disappeared; so he crept into the cavern after the others and
+humbly squatted down in a corner of the room.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+There Betsy discovered him. All of the little girl's companions were
+now so happy at the success of Shaggy's quest for his brother, and the
+laughter and merriment seemed so general, that Betsy's heart softened
+toward the friendless old man who had once been their bitter enemy, and
+she carried to him some of the food and drink. Ruggedo's eyes filled
+with tears at this unexpected kindness. He took the child's hand in his
+own and pressed it gratefully.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Look here, Kaliko," said Betsy, addressing the new King, "what's the
+use of being hard on Ruggedo? All his magic power is gone, so he can't
+do any more harm, and I'm sure he's sorry he acted so badly to
+everybody."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Are you?" asked Kaliko, looking down at his former master.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am," said Ruggedo. "The girl speaks truly. I'm sorry and I'm
+harmless. I don't want to wander through the wide world, on top of the
+ground, for I'm a nome. No nome can ever be happy any place but
+underground."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That being the case," said Kaliko, "I will let you stay here as long
+as you behave yourself; but, if you try to act badly again, I shall
+drive you out, as Tititi-Hoochoo has commanded, and you'll have to
+wander."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Never fear. I'll behave," promised Ruggedo. "It is hard work being a
+King, and harder still to be a good King. But now that I am a common
+nome I am sure I can lead a blameless life."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They were all pleased to hear this and to know that Ruggedo had really
+reformed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I hope he'll keep his word," whispered Betsy to Shaggy; "but if he
+gets bad again we will be far away from the Nome Kingdom and Kaliko
+will have to 'tend to the old nome himself."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Polychrome had been a little restless during the last hour or two. The
+lovely Daughter of the Rainbow knew that she had now done all in her
+power to assist her earth friends, and so she began to long for her sky
+home.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I think," she said, after listening intently, "that it is beginning to
+rain. The Rain King is my uncle, you know, and perhaps he has read my
+thoughts and is going to help me. Anyway I must take a look at the sky
+and make sure."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+So she jumped up and ran through the passage to the outer entrance, and
+they all followed after her and grouped themselves on a ledge of the
+mountain-side. Sure enough, dark clouds had filled the sky and a slow,
+drizzling rain had set in.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It can't last for long," said Shaggy, looking upward, "and when it
+stops we shall lose the sweet little fairy we have learned to love.
+Alas," he continued, after a moment, "the clouds are already breaking
+in the west, and&mdash;see!&mdash;isn't that the Rainbow coming?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Betsy didn't look at the sky; she looked at Polychrome, whose happy,
+smiling face surely foretold the coming of her father to take her to
+the Cloud Palaces. A moment later a gleam of sunshine flooded the
+mountain and a gorgeous Rainbow appeared.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+With a cry of gladness Polychrome sprang upon a point of rock and held
+out her arms. Straightway the Rainbow descended until its end was at
+her very feet, when with a graceful leap she sprang upon it and was at
+once clasped in the arms of her radiant sisters, the Daughters of the
+Rainbow. But Polychrome released herself to lean over the edge of the
+glowing arch and nod, and smile and throw a dozen kisses to her late
+comrades.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Good-bye!" she called, and they all shouted "Good-bye!" in return and
+waved their hands to their pretty friend.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Slowly the magnificent bow lifted and melted into the sky, until the
+eyes of the earnest watchers saw only fleecy clouds flitting across the
+blue.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm dreadful sorry to see Polychrome go," said Betsy, who felt like
+crying; "but I s'pose she'll be a good deal happier with her sisters in
+the sky palaces."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"To be sure," returned Shaggy, nodding gravely. "It's her home, you
+know, and those poor wanderers who, like ourselves, have no home, can
+realize what that means to her."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Once," said Betsy, "I, too, had a home. Now, I've only&mdash;only&mdash;dear old
+Hank!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+She twined her arms around her shaggy friend who was not human, and he
+said: "Hee-haw!" in a tone that showed he understood her mood. And the
+shaggy friend who was human stroked the child's head tenderly and said:
+"You're wrong about that, Betsy, dear. I will never desert you."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Nor I!" exclaimed Shaggy's brother, in earnest tones.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The little girl looked up at them gratefully, and her eyes smiled
+through their tears.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," she said. "It's raining again, so let's go back into the
+cavern."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Rather soberly, for all loved Polychrome and would miss her, they
+reentered the dominions of the Nome King.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap24"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twenty-Four
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Dorothy is Delighted
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+"Well," said Queen Ann, when all were again seated in Kaliko's royal
+cavern, "I wonder what we shall do next. If I could find my way back to
+Oogaboo I'd take my army home at once, for I'm sick and tired of these
+dreadful hardships."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Don't you want to conquer the world?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No; I've changed my mind about that," admitted the Queen. "The world
+is too big for one person to conquer and I was happier with my own
+people in Oogaboo. I wish&mdash;Oh, how earnestly I wish&mdash;that I was back
+there this minute!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"So do I!" yelled every officer in a fervent tone.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Now, it is time for the reader to know that in the far-away Land of Oz
+the lovely Ruler, Ozma, had been following the adventures of her Shaggy
+Man, and Tik-Tok, and all the others they had met. Day by day Ozma,
+with the wonderful Wizard of Oz seated beside her, had gazed upon a
+Magic Picture in a radium frame, which occupied one side of the Ruler's
+cosy boudoir in the palace of the Emerald City. The singular thing
+about this Magic Picture was that it showed whatever scene Ozma wished
+to see, with the figures all in motion, just as it was taking place. So
+Ozma and the Wizard had watched every action of the adventurers from
+the time Shaggy had met shipwrecked Betsy and Hank in the Rose Kingdom,
+at which time the Rose Princess, a distant cousin of Ozma, had been
+exiled by her heartless subjects.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+When Ann and her people so earnestly wished to return to Oogaboo, Ozma
+was sorry for them and remembered that Oogaboo was a corner of the Land
+of Oz. She turned to her attendant and asked:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Can not your magic take these unhappy people to their old home,
+Wizard?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It can, Your Highness," replied the little Wizard.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I think the poor Queen has suffered enough in her misguided effort to
+conquer the world," said Ozma, smiling at the absurdity of the
+undertaking, "so no doubt she will hereafter be contented in her own
+little Kingdom. Please send her there, Wizard, and with her the
+officers and Files."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How about the Rose Princess?" asked the Wizard.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Send her to Oogaboo with Files," answered Ozma. "They have become such
+good friends that I am sure it would make them unhappy to separate
+them."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Very well," said the Wizard, and without any fuss or mystery whatever
+he performed a magical rite that was simple and effective. Therefore
+those seated in the Nome King's cavern were both startled and amazed
+when all the people of Oogaboo suddenly disappeared from the room, and
+with them the Rose Princess. At first they could not understand it at
+all; but presently Shaggy suspected the truth, and believing that Ozma
+was now taking an interest in the party he drew from his pocket a tiny
+instrument which he placed against his ear.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ozma, observing this action in her Magic Picture, at once caught up a
+similar instrument from a table beside her and held it to her own ear.
+The two instruments recorded the same delicate vibrations of sound and
+formed a wireless telephone, an invention of the Wizard. Those
+separated by any distance were thus enabled to converse together with
+perfect ease and without any wire connection.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you hear me, Shaggy Man?" asked Ozma.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, Your Highness," he replied.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have sent the people of Oogaboo back to their own little valley,"
+announced the Ruler of Oz; "so do not worry over their disappearance."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That was very kind of you," said Shaggy. "But Your Highness must
+permit me to report that my own mission here is now ended. I have found
+my lost brother, and he is now beside me, freed from the enchantment of
+ugliness which Ruggedo cast upon him. Tik-Tok has served me and my
+comrades faithfully, as you requested him to do, and I hope you will
+now transport the Clockwork Man back to your fairyland of Oz."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I will do that," replied Ozma. "But how about yourself, Shaggy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have been very happy in Oz," he said, "but my duty to others forces
+me to exile myself from that delightful land. I must take care of my
+new-found brother, for one thing, and I have a new comrade in a dear
+little girl named Betsy Bobbin, who has no home to go to, and no other
+friends but me and a small donkey named Hank. I have promised Betsy
+never to desert her as long as she needs a friend, and so I must give
+up the delights of the Land of Oz forever."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He said this with a sigh of regret, and Ozma made no reply but laid the
+tiny instrument on her table, thus cutting off all further
+communication with the Shaggy Man. But the lovely Ruler of Oz still
+watched her magic picture, with a thoughtful expression upon her face,
+and the little Wizard of Oz watched Ozma and smiled softly to himself.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+In the cavern of the Nome King Shaggy replaced the wireless telephone
+in his pocket and turning to Betsy said in as cheerful a voice as he
+could muster:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, little comrade, what shall we do next?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't know, I'm sure," she answered with a puzzled face. "I'm kind
+of sorry our adventures are over, for I enjoyed them, and now that
+Queen Ann and her people are gone, and Polychrome is gone, and&mdash;dear
+me!&mdash;where's Tik-Tok, Shaggy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"He also has disappeared," said Shaggy, looking around the cavern and
+nodding wisely. "By this time he is in Ozma's palace in the Land of Oz,
+which is his home."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Isn't it your home, too?" asked Betsy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It used to be, my dear; but now my home is wherever you and my brother
+are. We are wanderers, you know, but if we stick together I am sure we
+shall have a good time."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then," said the girl, "let us get out of this stuffy, underground
+cavern and go in search of new adventures. I'm sure it has stopped
+raining."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm ready," said Shaggy, and then they bade good-bye to King Kaliko,
+and thanked him for his assistance, and went out to the mouth of the
+passage.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The sky was now clear and a brilliant blue in color; the sun shone
+brightly and even this rugged, rocky country seemed delightful after
+their confinement underground. There were but four of them now&mdash;Betsy
+and Hank, and Shaggy and his brother&mdash;and the little party made their
+way down the mountain and followed a faint path that led toward the
+southwest.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+During this time Ozma had been holding a conference with the Wizard,
+and later with Tik-Tok, whom the magic of the Wizard had quickly
+transported to Ozma's palace. Tik-Tok had only words of praise for
+Betsy Bobbin, "who," he said, "is al-most as nice as Dor-o-thy
+her-self."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Let us send for Dorothy," said Ozma, and summoning her favorite maid,
+who was named Jellia Jamb, she asked her to request Princess Dorothy to
+attend her at once. So a few moments later Dorothy entered Ozma's room
+and greeted her and the Wizard and Tik-Tok with the same gentle smile
+and simple manner that had won for the little girl the love of everyone
+she met.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Did you want to see me, Ozma?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, dear. I am puzzled how to act, and I want your advice."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I don't b'lieve it's worth much," replied Dorothy, "but I'll do the
+best I can. What is it all about, Ozma?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You all know," said the girl Ruler, addressing her three friends,
+"what a serious thing it is to admit any mortals into this fairyland of
+Oz. It is true I have invited several mortals to make their home here,
+and all of them have proved true and loyal subjects. Indeed, no one of
+you three was a native of Oz. Dorothy and the Wizard came here from the
+United States, and Tik-Tok came from the Land of Ev. But of course he
+is not a mortal. Shaggy is another American, and he is the cause of all
+my worry, for our dear Shaggy will not return here and desert the new
+friends he has found in his recent adventures, because he believes they
+need his services."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shaggy Man was always kind-hearted," remarked Dorothy. "But who are
+these new friends he has found?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"One is his brother, who for many years has been a prisoner of the Nome
+King, our old enemy Ruggedo. This brother seems a kindly, honest
+fellow, but he has done nothing to entitle him to a home in the Land of
+Oz."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who else?" asked Dorothy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have told you about Betsy Bobbin, the little girl who was
+shipwrecked&mdash;in much the same way you once were&mdash;and has since been
+following the Shaggy Man in his search for his lost brother. You
+remember her, do you not?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, yes!" exclaimed Dorothy. "I've often watched her and Hank in the
+Magic Picture, you know. She's a dear little girl, and old Hank is a
+darling! Where are they now?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Look and see," replied Ozma with a smile at her friend's enthusiasm.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Dorothy turned to the Picture, which showed Betsy and Hank, with Shaggy
+and his brother, trudging along the rocky paths of a barren country.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Seems to me," she said, musingly, "that they're a good way from any
+place to sleep, or any nice things to eat."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You are right," said Tik-Tok. "I have been in that coun-try, and it is
+a wil-der-ness."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is the country of the nomes," explained the Wizard, "who are so
+mischievous that no one cares to live near them. I'm afraid Shaggy and
+his friends will endure many hardships before they get out of that
+rocky place, unless&mdash;"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He turned to Ozma and smiled.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Unless I ask you to transport them all here?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes, your Highness."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Could your magic do that?" inquired Dorothy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I think so," said the Wizard.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well," said Dorothy, "as far as Betsy and Hank are concerned, I'd like
+to have them here in Oz. It would be such fun to have a girl playmate
+of my own age, you see. And Hank is such a dear little mule!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ozma laughed at the wistful expression in the girl's eyes, and then she
+drew Dorothy to her and kissed her.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Am I not your friend and playmate?" she asked.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Dorothy flushed.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You know how dearly I love you, Ozma!" she cried. "But you're so busy
+ruling all this Land of Oz that we can't always be together."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I know, dear. My first duty is to my subjects, and I think it would be
+a delight to us all to have Betsy with us. There's a pretty suite of
+rooms just opposite your own where she can live, and I'll build a
+golden stall for Hank in the stable where the Sawhorse lives. Then
+we'll introduce the mule to the Cowardly Lion and the Hungry Tiger, and
+I'm sure they will soon become firm friends. But I cannot very well
+admit Betsy and Hank into Oz unless I also admit Shaggy's brother."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And, unless you admit Shaggy's brother, you will keep out poor Shaggy,
+whom we are all very fond of," said the Wizard.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, why not ad-mit him?" demanded Tik-Tok.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Land of Oz is not a refuge for all mortals in distress," explained
+Ozma. "I do not wish to be unkind to Shaggy Man, but his brother has no
+claim on me."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The Land of Oz isn't crowded," suggested Dorothy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Then you advise me to admit Shaggy's brother?" inquired Ozma.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Well, we can't afford to lose our Shaggy Man, can we?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No, indeed!" returned Ozma. "What do you say, Wizard?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I'm getting my magic ready to transport them all."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And you, Tik-Tok?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shag-gy's broth-er is a good fel-low, and we can't spare Shag-gy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"So, then; the question is settled," decided Ozma. "Perform your magic,
+Wizard!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He did so, placing a silver plate upon a small standard and pouring
+upon the plate a small quantity of pink powder which was contained in a
+crystal vial. Then he muttered a rather difficult incantation which the
+sorceress Glinda the Good had taught him, and it all ended in a puff of
+perfumed smoke from the silver plate. This smoke was so pungent that it
+made both Ozma and Dorothy rub their eyes for a moment.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You must pardon these disagreeable fumes," said the Wizard. "I assure
+you the smoke is a very necessary part of my wizardry."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Look!" cried Dorothy, pointing to the Magic Picture; "they're gone!
+All of them are gone."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Indeed, the picture now showed the same rocky landscape as before, but
+the three people and the mule had disappeared from it.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"They are gone," said the Wizard, polishing the silver plate and
+wrapping it in a fine cloth, "because they are here."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+At that moment Jellia Jamb entered the room.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Your Highness," she said to Ozma, "the Shaggy Man and another man are
+in the waiting room and ask to pay their respects to you. Shaggy is
+crying like a baby, but he says they are tears of joy."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Send them here at once, Jellia!" commanded Ozma.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Also," continued the maid, "a girl and a small-sized mule have
+mysteriously arrived, but they don't seem to know where they are or how
+they came here. Shall I send them here, too?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, no!" exclaimed Dorothy, eagerly jumping up from her chair; "I'll
+go to meet Betsy myself, for she'll feel awful strange in this big
+palace."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+And she ran down the stairs two at a time to greet her new friend,
+Betsy Bobbin.
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR>
+
+<A NAME="chap25"></A>
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+Chapter Twenty-Five
+</H3>
+
+<H3 ALIGN="center">
+The Land of Love
+</H3>
+
+<P>
+"Well, is 'hee-haw' all you are able to say?" inquired the Sawhorse, as
+he examined Hank with his knot eyes and slowly wagged the branch that
+served him for a tail.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They were in a beautiful stable in the rear of Ozma's palace, where the
+wooden Sawhorse&mdash;very much alive&mdash;lived in a gold-paneled stall, and
+where there were rooms for the Cowardly Lion and the Hungry Tiger,
+which were filled with soft cushions for them to lie upon and golden
+troughs for them to eat from.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Beside the stall of the Sawhorse had been placed another for Hank, the
+mule. This was not quite so beautiful as the other, for the Sawhorse
+was Ozma's favorite steed; but Hank had a supply of cushions for a bed
+(which the Sawhorse did not need because he never slept) and all this
+luxury was so strange to the little mule that he could only stand still
+and regard his surroundings and his queer companions with wonder and
+amazement.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Cowardly Lion, looking very dignified, was stretched out upon the
+marble floor of the stable, eyeing Hank with a calm and critical gaze,
+while near by crouched the huge Hungry Tiger, who seemed equally
+interested in the new animal that had just arrived. The Sawhorse,
+standing stiffly before Hank, repeated his question:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Is 'hee-haw' all you are able to say?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hank moved his ears in an embarrassed manner.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have never said anything else, until now," he replied; and then he
+began to tremble with fright to hear himself talk.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I can well understand that," remarked the Lion, wagging his great head
+with a swaying motion. "Strange things happen in this Land of Oz, as
+they do everywhere else. I believe you came here from the cold,
+civilized, outside world, did you not?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I did," replied Hank. "One minute I was outside of Oz&mdash;and the next
+minute I was inside! That was enough to give me a nervous shock, as you
+may guess; but to find myself able to talk, as Betsy does, is a marvel
+that staggers me."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is because you are in the Land of Oz," said the Sawhorse. "All
+animals talk, in this favored country, and you must admit it is more
+sociable than to bray your dreadful 'hee-haw,' which nobody can
+understand."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Mules understand it very well," declared Hank.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Oh, indeed! Then there must be other mules in your outside world,"
+said the Tiger, yawning sleepily.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There are a great many in America," said Hank. "Are you the only Tiger
+in Oz?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"No," acknowledged the Tiger, "I have many relatives living in the
+Jungle Country; but I am the only Tiger living in the Emerald City."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"There are other Lions, too," said the Sawhorse; "but I am the only
+horse, of any description, in this favored Land."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That is why this Land is favored," said the Tiger. "You must
+understand, friend Hank, that the Sawhorse puts on airs because he is
+shod with plates of gold, and because our beloved Ruler, Ozma of Oz,
+likes to ride upon his back."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Betsy rides upon <i>my</i> back," declared Hank proudly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Who is Betsy?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"The dearest, sweetest girl in all the world!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Sawhorse gave an angry snort and stamped his golden feet. The Tiger
+crouched and growled. Slowly the great Lion rose to his feet, his mane
+bristling.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Friend Hank," said he, "either you are mistaken in judgment or you are
+willfully trying to deceive us. The dearest, sweetest girl in the world
+is our Dorothy, and I will fight anyone&mdash;animal or human&mdash;who dares to
+deny it!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"So will I!" snarled the Tiger, showing two rows of enormous white
+teeth.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You are all wrong!" asserted the Sawhorse in a voice of scorn. "No
+girl living can compare with my mistress, Ozma of Oz!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hank slowly turned around until his heels were toward the others. Then
+he said stubbornly:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am not mistaken in my statement, nor will I admit there can be a
+sweeter girl alive than Betsy Bobbin. If you want to fight, come
+on&mdash;I'm ready for you!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+While they hesitated, eyeing Hank's heels doubtfully, a merry peal of
+laughter startled the animals and turning their heads they beheld three
+lovely girls standing just within the richly carved entrance to the
+stable. In the center was Ozma, her arms encircling the waists of
+Dorothy and Betsy, who stood on either side of her. Ozma was nearly
+half a head taller than the two other girls, who were almost of one
+size. Unobserved, they had listened to the talk of the animals, which
+was a very strange experience indeed to little Betsy Bobbin.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You foolish beasts!" exclaimed the Ruler of Oz, in a gentle but
+chiding tone of voice. "Why should you fight to defend us, who are all three
+loving friends and in no sense rivals? Answer me!" she continued, as
+they bowed their heads sheepishly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I have the right to express my opinion, your Highness," pleaded the
+Lion.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"And so have the others," replied Ozma. "I am glad you and the Hungry
+Tiger love Dorothy best, for she was your first friend and companion.
+Also I am pleased that my Sawhorse loves me best, for together we have
+endured both joy and sorrow. Hank has proved his faith and loyalty by
+defending his own little mistress; and so you are all right in one way,
+but wrong in another. Our Land of Oz is a Land of Love, and here
+friendship outranks every other quality. Unless you can all be friends,
+you cannot retain our love."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+They accepted this rebuke very meekly.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right," said the Sawhorse, quite cheerfully; "shake hoofs, friend
+Mule."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Hank touched his hoof to that of the wooden horse.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Let us be friends and rub noses," said the Tiger. So Hank modestly
+rubbed noses with the big beast.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The Lion merely nodded and said, as he crouched before the mule:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Any friend of a friend of our beloved Ruler is a friend of the
+Cowardly Lion. That seems to cover your case. If ever you need help or
+advice, friend Hank, call on me."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, this is as it should be," said Ozma, highly pleased to see them
+so fully reconciled. Then she turned to her companions: "Come, my
+dears, let us resume our walk."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+As they turned away Betsy said wonderingly:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do all the animals in Oz talk as we do?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Almost all," answered Dorothy. "There's a Yellow Hen here, and she can
+talk, and so can her chickens; and there's a Pink Kitten upstairs in my
+room who talks very nicely; but I've a little fuzzy black dog, named
+Toto, who has been with me in Oz a long time, and he's never said a
+single word but 'Bow-wow!'"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Do you know why?" asked Ozma.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Why, he's a Kansas dog; so I s'pose he's different from these fairy
+animals," replied Dorothy.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Hank isn't a fairy animal, any more than Toto," said Ozma, "yet as
+soon as he came under the spell of our fairyland he found he could
+talk. It was the same way with Billina, the Yellow Hen whom you brought
+here at one time. The same spell has affected Toto, I assure you; but
+he's a wise little dog and while he knows everything that is said to
+him he prefers not to talk."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Goodness me!" exclaimed Dorothy. "I never s'pected Toto was fooling me
+all this time." Then she drew a small silver whistle from her pocket
+and blew a shrill note upon it. A moment later there was a sound of
+scurrying footsteps, and a shaggy black dog came running up the path.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Dorothy knelt down before him and shaking her finger just above his
+nose she said:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Toto, haven't I always been good to you?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Toto looked up at her with his bright black eyes and wagged his tail.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Bow-wow!" he said, and Betsy knew at once that meant yes, as well as
+Dorothy and Ozma knew it, for there was no mistaking the tone of Toto's
+voice.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"That's a dog answer," said Dorothy. "How would you like it, Toto, if I
+said nothing to you but 'bow-wow'?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Toto's tail was wagging furiously now, but otherwise he was silent.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Really, Dorothy," said Betsy, "he can talk with his bark and his tail
+just as well as we can. Don't you understand such dog language?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Of course I do," replied Dorothy. "But Toto's got to be more sociable.
+See here, sir!" she continued, addressing the dog, "I've just learned,
+for the first time, that you can say words&mdash;if you want to. Don't you
+want to, Toto?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Woof!" said Toto, and that meant "no."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Not just one word, Toto, to prove you're as any other animal in Oz?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Woof!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Just one word, Toto&mdash;and then you may run away."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+He looked at her steadily a moment.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"All right. Here I go!" he said, and darted away as swift as an arrow.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Dorothy clapped her hands in delight, while Betsy and Ozma both laughed
+heartily at her pleasure and the success of her experiment. Arm in arm
+they sauntered away through the beautiful gardens of the palace, where
+magnificent flowers bloomed in abundance and fountains shot their
+silvery sprays far into the air. And by and by, as they turned a
+corner, they came upon Shaggy Man and his brother, who were seated
+together upon a golden bench.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+The two arose to bow respectfully as the Ruler of Oz approached them.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"How are you enjoying our Land of Oz?" Ozma asked the stranger.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I am very happy here, Your Highness," replied Shaggy's brother. "Also
+I am very grateful to you for permitting me to live in this delightful
+place."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"You must thank Shaggy for that," said Ozma. "Being his brother, I have
+made you welcome here."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"When you know Brother better," said Shaggy earnestly, "you will be
+glad he has become one of your loyal subjects. I am just getting
+acquainted with him myself and I find much in his character to admire."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Leaving the brothers, Ozma and the girls continued their walk.
+Presently Betsy exclaimed:
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Shaggy's brother can't ever be as happy in Oz as <i>I</i> am. Do you know,
+Dorothy, I didn't believe any girl could ever have such a good
+time&mdash;<i>anywhere</i>&mdash;as I'm having now?"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I know," answered Dorothy. "I've felt that way myself, lots of times."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"I wish," continued Betsy, dreamily, "that every little girl in the
+world could live in the Land of Oz; and every little boy, too!"
+</P>
+
+<P>
+Ozma laughed at this.
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"It is quite fortunate for us, Betsy, that your wish cannot be
+granted," said she, "for all that army of girls and boys would crowd us
+so that we would have to move away."
+</P>
+
+<P>
+"Yes," agreed Betsy, after a little thought, "I guess that's true."
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR>
+
+<P CLASS="finis">
+THE END
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR><BR>
+
+<H4>
+The Wonderful Oz Books by L. Frank Baum
+</H4>
+
+<P CLASS="noindent">
+ THE WIZARD OF OZ<BR>
+ THE LAND OF OZ<BR>
+ OZMA OF OZ<BR>
+ DOROTHY AND THE WIZARD IN OZ<BR>
+ THE ROAD TO OZ<BR>
+ THE EMERALD CITY OF OZ<BR>
+ THE PATCHWORK GIRL OF OZ<BR>
+ TIK-TOK OF OZ<BR>
+ THE SCARECROW OF OZ<BR>
+ RINKITINK IN OZ<BR>
+ THE LOST PRINCESS OF OZ<BR>
+ THE TIN WOODMAN OF OZ<BR>
+ THE MAGIC OF OZ<BR>
+ GLINDA OF OZ<BR>
+</P>
+
+<BR><BR><BR><BR>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Tik-Tok of Oz, by L. Frank Baum
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIK-TOK OF OZ ***
+
+***** This file should be named 956-h.htm or 956-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/9/5/956/
+
+Produced by Anthony Matonac and Paul Selkirk.
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</BODY>
+
+</HTML>
+
+